moses-smt/mosesdecoder
1
1
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/moses-smt/mosesdecoder.git synced 2024-12-28 14:32:38 +03:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Merge https://github.com/moses-smt/mosesdecoder

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Hieu Hoang 2012-07-10 09:19:31 +01:00
commit 8180181a89
77 changed files with 10852 additions and 10244 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

594
contrib/Extract_TMX_Corpus/Extract_TMX_Corpus.py
View File

@ -1,594 +0,0 @@
#! /usr/bin/env python
# -*- coding: utf_8 -*-
"""This program is used to prepare corpora extracted from TMX files.
It is particularly useful for translators not very familiar
with machine translation systems that want to use Moses with a highly customised
corpus.
It extracts from a directory containing TMX files (and from all of its subdirectories)
all the segments of one or more language pairs (except empty segments and segments that are equal in both languages)
and removes all other information. It then creates 2 separate monolingual files per language pair,
both of which have strictly parallel (aligned) segments. This kind of corpus can easily be transformed
in other formats, if need be.
The program requires that Pythoncard and wxPython (as well as Python) be previously installed.
Copyright 2009, João L. A. C. Rosas
Distributed under GNU GPL v3 licence (see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/)
E-mail: extracttmxcorpus@gmail.com """
__version__ = "$Revision: 1.043$"
__date__ = "$Date: 2011/08/13$"
__author__="$João L. A. C. Rosas$"
#Special thanks to Gary Daine for a helpful suggestion about a regex expression
#Updated to run on Linux by Tom Hoar
from PythonCard import clipboard, dialog, graphic, model
from PythonCard.components import button, combobox,statictext,checkbox,staticbox
import wx
import os, re
import string
import sys
from time import strftime
import codecs
class Extract_TMX_Corpus(model.Background):
def on_initialize(self, event):
"""Initialize values
@self.inputdir: directory whose files will be treated
@self.outputfile: base name of the resulting corpora files
@self.outputpath: root directory of the resulting corpora files
@currdir: program's current working directory
@self.languages: list of languages whose segments can be processed
@self.startinglanguage: something like 'EN-GB'
@self.destinationlanguage: something like 'FR-FR'
@self.components.cbStartingLanguage.items: list of values of the Starting Language combobox of the program's window
@self.components.cbDestinationLanguage.items: list of values of the Destination Language combobox of the program's window
@self.numtus: number of translation units extracted so far
@self.presentfile: TMX file being currently processed
@self.errortypes: variable that stocks the types of errors detected in the TMX file that is being processed
@self.wroteactions: variable that indicates whether the actions files has already been written to
"""
self.inputdir=''
self.outputfile=''
self.outputpath=''
#Get directory where program file is and ...
currdir=os.path.abspath(os.path.dirname(os.path.realpath(sys.argv[0])))
#... load the file ("LanguageCodes.txt") with the list of languages that the program can process
try:
self.languages=open(currdir+os.sep+r'LanguageCodes.txt','r+').readlines()
except:
# If the languages file doesn't exist in the program directory, alert user that it is essential for the good working of the program and exit
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'The file "LanguageCodes.txt" is missing. The program will now close.', 'Essential file missing')
sys.exit()
#remove end of line marker from each line in "LanguageCodes.txt"
for lang in range(len(self.languages)):
self.languages[lang]=self.languages[lang].rstrip()
self.startinglanguage=''
self.destinationlanguage=''
#Insert list of language names in appropriate program window's combo boxes
self.components.cbStartingLanguage.items=self.languages
self.components.cbDestinationLanguage.items=self.languages
self.tottus=0
self.numtus=0
self.numequaltus=0
self.presentfile=''
self.errortypes=''
self.wroteactions=False
self.errors=''
def extract_language_segments_tmx(self,text):
"""Extracts TMX language segments from TMX files
@text: the text of the TMX file
@pattern: compiled regular expression object, which can be used for matching
@tus: list that collects the translation units of the text
@segs: list that collects the segment units of the relevant pair of languages
@numtus: number of translation units extracted
@present_tu: variable that stocks the translation unit relevant segments (of the chosen language pair) that are being processed
@self.errortypes: variable that stocks the types of errors detected in the TMX file that is being processed
"""
#print 'extract_language_segments: start at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
result=('','')
try:
if text:
# Convert character entities to "normal" characters
pattern=re.compile('>',re.U)
text=re.sub(pattern,'>',text)
pattern=re.compile('<',re.U)
text=re.sub(pattern,'<',text)
pattern=re.compile('&amp;',re.U)
text=re.sub(pattern,'&',text)
pattern=re.compile('&quot;',re.U)
text=re.sub(pattern,'"',text)
pattern=re.compile('&apos;',re.U)
text=re.sub(pattern,"'",text)
# Extract translation units
pattern=re.compile('(?s)<tu.*?>(.*?)</tu>')
tus=re.findall(pattern,text)
ling1=''
ling2=''
#Extract relevant segments and store them in the @text variable
if tus:
for tu in tus:
pattern=re.compile('(?s)<tuv.*?lang="'+self.startinglanguage+'">.*?<seg>(.*?)</seg>.*?<tuv.*?lang="'+self.destinationlanguage+'">.*?<seg>(.*?)</seg>')
present_tu=re.findall(pattern,tu)
self.tottus+=1
#reject empty segments
if present_tu: # and not present_tu[0][0].startswith("<")
present_tu1=present_tu[0][0].strip()
present_tu2=present_tu[0][1].strip()
present_tu1 = re.sub('<bpt.*</bpt>', '', present_tu1)
present_tu2 = re.sub('<bpt.*</bpt>', '', present_tu2)
present_tu1 = re.sub(r'<ept.*</ept>', '', present_tu1)
present_tu2 = re.sub(r'<ept.*</ept>', '', present_tu2)
present_tu1 = re.sub(r'<ut.*</ut>', '', present_tu1)
present_tu2 = re.sub(r'<ut.*</ut>', '', present_tu2)
present_tu1 = re.sub(r'<ph.*</ph>', '', present_tu1)
present_tu2 = re.sub(r'<ph.*</ph>', '', present_tu2)
#Thanks to Gary Daine
present_tu1 = re.sub('^[0-9\.() \t\-_]*$', '', present_tu1)
#Thanks to Gary Daine
present_tu2 = re.sub('^[0-9\.() \t\-_]*$', '', present_tu2)
if present_tu1 != present_tu2:
x=len(present_tu1)
y=len(present_tu2)
if (x <= y*3) and (y <= x*3):
ling1=ling1+present_tu1+'\n'
ling2=ling2+present_tu2+'\n'
self.numtus+=1
else:
self.numequaltus+=1
pattern=re.compile('(?s)<tuv.*?lang="'+self.destinationlanguage+'">.*?<seg>(.*?)</seg>.*?<tuv.*?lang="'+self.startinglanguage+'">.*?<seg>(.*?)</seg>')
present_tu=re.findall(pattern,tu)
#print present_tu
if present_tu:
present_tu1=present_tu[0][1].strip()
present_tu2=present_tu[0][0].strip()
present_tu1 = re.sub('<bpt.*</bpt>', '', present_tu1)
present_tu2 = re.sub('<bpt.*</bpt>', '', present_tu2)
present_tu1 = re.sub(r'<ept.*</ept>', '', present_tu1)
present_tu2 = re.sub(r'<ept.*</ept>', '', present_tu2)
present_tu1 = re.sub(r'<ut.*</ut>', '', present_tu1)
present_tu2 = re.sub(r'<ut.*</ut>', '', present_tu2)
present_tu1 = re.sub(r'<ph.*</ph>', '', present_tu1)
present_tu2 = re.sub(r'<ph.*</ph>', '', present_tu2)
#Thanks to Gary Daine
present_tu1 = re.sub('^[0-9\.() \t\-_]*$', '', present_tu1)
#Thanks to Gary Daine
present_tu2 = re.sub('^[0-9\.() \t\-_]*$', '', present_tu2)
if present_tu1 != present_tu2:
x=len(present_tu1)
y=len(present_tu2)
if (x <= y*3) and (y <= x*3):
ling1=ling1+present_tu1+'\n'
ling2=ling2+present_tu2+'\n'
self.numtus+=1
else:
self.numequaltus+=1
result=(ling1,ling2)
except:
self.errortypes=self.errortypes+' - Extract Language Segments error\n'
return result
def locate(self,pattern, basedir):
"""Locate all files matching supplied filename pattern in and below
supplied root directory.
@pattern: something like '*.tmx'
@basedir:whole directory to be treated
"""
import fnmatch
for path, dirs, files in os.walk(os.path.abspath(basedir)):
for filename in fnmatch.filter(files, pattern):
yield os.path.join(path, filename)
def getallsegments(self):
"""Get all language segments from the TMX files in the specified
directory
@self.startinglanguage: something like 'EN-GB'
@self.destinationlanguage: something like 'FR-FR'
@fileslist: list of files that should be processed
@self.inputdir: directory whose files will be treated
@startfile:output file containing all segments in the @startinglanguage; file
will be created in @self.inputdir
@destfile:output file containing all segments in the @destinationlanguage; file
will be created in @self.inputdir
@actions:output file indicating the names of all files that were processed without errors; file
will be created in @self.inputdir
@self.errortypes: variable that stocks the types of errors detected in the TMX file that is being processed
@self.presentfile: TMX file being currently processed
@preptext: parsed XML text with all tags extracted and in string format
@tus: list that receives the extracted TMX language translation units just with segments of the relevant language pair
@num: loop control variable between 0 and length of @tus - 1
@self.numtus: number of translation units extracted so far
"""
self.statusBar.text='Processing '+ self.inputdir
try:
# Get a list of all TMX files that need to be processed
fileslist=self.locate('*.tmx',self.inputdir)
# Open output files for writing
startfile=open(self.outputpath+os.sep+self.startinglanguage+ ' ('+self.destinationlanguage+')_' +self.outputfile,'w+b')
destfile=open(self.outputpath+os.sep+self.destinationlanguage+' ('+self.startinglanguage+')_'+self.outputfile,'w+b')
actions=open(self.outputpath+os.sep+'_processing_info'+os.sep+self.startinglanguage+ '-'+self.destinationlanguage+'_'+'actions_'+self.outputfile+'.txt','w+')
except:
# if any error up to now, add the name of the TMX file to the output file @errors
self.errortypes=self.errortypes+' - Get All Segments: creation of output files error\n'
if fileslist:
# For each relevant TMX file ...
for self.presentfile in fileslist:
self.errortypes=''
try:
print self.presentfile
fileObj = codecs.open(self.presentfile, "rb", "utf-16","replace",0 )
pos=0
while True:
# read a new chunk of text...
preptext = fileObj.read(692141)
if not preptext:
break
last5=''
y=''
#... and make it end at the end of a translation unit
while True:
y=fileObj.read(1)
if not y:
break
last5=last5+y
if '</tu>' in last5:
break
preptext=preptext+last5
# ... and extract its relevant segments ...
if not self.errortypes:
segs1,segs2=self.extract_language_segments_tmx(preptext)
preptext=''
#... and write those segments to the output files
if segs1 and segs2:
try:
startfile.write('%s' % (segs1.encode('utf-8','strict')))
destfile.write('%s' % (segs2.encode('utf-8','strict')))
except:
self.errortypes=self.errortypes+' - Get All Segments: writing of output files error\n'
print 'erro'
#if no errors up to now, insert the name of the TMX file in the @actions output file
#encoding is necessary because @actions may be in a directory whose name has special diacritic characters
if self.errortypes=='':
try:
actions.write(self.presentfile.encode('utf_8','replace')+'\n')
self.wroteactions=True
except:
self.errortypes=self.errortypes+' - Get All Segments: writing of actions file error\n'
fileObj.close()
except:
self.errortypes=self.errortypes+' - Error reading input file\n'
try:
if self.wroteactions:
actions.write('\n*************************************************\n\n')
actions.write('Total number of translation units: '+str(self.tottus)+'\n')
actions.write('Number of extracted translation units (source segment not equal to destination segment): '+str(self.numtus)+'\n')
actions.write('Number of removed translation units (source segment equal to destination segment): '+str(self.numequaltus)+'\n')
actions.write('Number of empty translation units (source segment and/or destination segment not present): '+str(self.tottus-self.numequaltus-self.numtus))
except:
self.errortypes=self.errortypes+' - Get All Segments: writing of actions file error\n'
# Close output files
actions.close()
destfile.close()
startfile.close()
def SelectDirectory(self):
"""Select the directory where the TMX files to be processed are
@result: object returned by the dialog window with attributes accepted (true if user clicked OK button, false otherwise) and
path (list of strings containing the full pathnames to all files selected by the user)
@self.inputdir: directory where TMX files to be processed are (and where output files will be written)
@self.statusBar.text: text displayed in the program window status bar"""
result= dialog.directoryDialog(self, 'Choose a directory', 'a')
if result.accepted:
self.inputdir=result.path
self.statusBar.text=self.inputdir+' selected.'
def on_menuFileSelectDirectory_select(self, event):
self.SelectDirectory()
def on_btnSelectDirectory_mouseClick(self, event):
self.SelectDirectory()
def GetOutputFileBaseName(self):
"""Get base name of the corpus files
@expr: variable containing the base name of the output files
@wildcard: list of wildcards used in the dialog window to filter types of files
@result: object returned by the Open File dialog window with attributes accepted (true if user clicked OK button, false otherwise) and
path (list of strings containing the full pathnames to all files selected by the user)
@self.inputdir: directory where TMX files to be processed are (and where output files will be written)
@location: variable containing the full path to the base name output file
@self.outputpath: base directory of output files
@self.outputfile: base name of the output files
"""
# Default base name of the corpora files that will be produced. If you choose as base name "Corpus.txt", as starting language "EN-GB" and as destination
# language "FR-FR" the corpora files will be named "Corpus_EN-GB.txt" and "Corpus_FR-FR.txt"
expr='Corpus'
#open a dialog that lets you choose the base name of the corpora files that will be produced.
wildcard = "Text files (*.txt;*.TXT)|*.txt;*.TXT"
result = dialog.openFileDialog(None, "Name of corpus file", self.inputdir,expr,wildcard=wildcard)
if result.accepted:
location=os.path.split(result.paths[0])
self.outputpath=location[0]
self.outputfile = location[1]
if not os.path.exists(self.outputpath+os.sep+'_processing_info'):
try:
os.mkdir(self.outputpath+os.sep+'_processing_info')
except:
result1 = dialog.alertDialog(self, "The program can't create the directory " + self.outputpath+os.sep+r'_processing_info, which is necessary for ' + \
'the creation of the output files. The program will now close.','Error')
sys.exit()
def on_menuGetOutputFileBaseName_select(self, event):
self.GetOutputFileBaseName()
def on_btnGetOutputFileBaseName_mouseClick(self, event):
self.GetOutputFileBaseName()
def ExtractCorpus(self):
"""Get the directory where TMX files to be processed are, get the choice of the pair of languages that will be treated and launch the extraction
of the corpus
@self.errortypes: variable that stocks the types of errors detected in the TMX file that is being processed
@self.presentfile: TMX file being currently processed
@self.numtus: number of translation units extracted so far
@self.startinglanguage: something like 'EN-GB'
@self.destinationlanguage: something like 'FR-FR'
@self.inputdir: directory whose files will be treated
@self.components.cbStartingLanguage.items: list of values of the Starting Language combobox of the program's window
@self.components.cbDestinationLanguage.items: list of values of the Destination Language combobox of the program's window
@self.outputfile: base name of the resulting corpora files
@self.errors:output file indicating the types of error that occurred in each processed TMX file
@self.numtus: number of translation units extracted so far
"""
print 'Extract corpus: started at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
self.errortypes=''
self.presentfile=''
self.numtus=0
#get the startinglanguage name (e.g.: "EN-GB") from the program window
self.startinglanguage=self.components.cbStartingLanguage.text
#get the destinationlanguage name from the program window
self.destinationlanguage=self.components.cbDestinationLanguage.text
#if the directory where TMX files (@inputdir) or the pair of languages were not previously chosen, open a dialog box explaining
#the conditions that have to be met so that the extraction can be made and do nothing...
if (self.inputdir=='') or (self.components.cbStartingLanguage.text=='') or (self.components.cbDestinationLanguage.text=='') or (self.outputfile=='') \
or (self.components.cbStartingLanguage.text==self.components.cbDestinationLanguage.text):
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'In order to extract a corpus, you need to:\n\n 1) indicate the directory where the TMX files are,\n 2)' \
+' the starting language,\n 3) the destination language (the 2 languages must be different), and\n 4) the base name of the output files.', 'Error')
#...else, go ahead
else:
try:
self.errors=open(self.outputpath+os.sep+'_processing_info'+os.sep+self.startinglanguage+ '-'+self.destinationlanguage+'_'+'errors_'+self.outputfile+'.txt','w+')
except:
pass
self.statusBar.text='Please wait. This can be a long process ...'
#Launch the segment extraction
self.numtus=0
self.getallsegments()
# if any error up to now, add the name of the TMX file to the output file @errors
if self.errortypes:
try:
self.errors.write(self.presentfile.encode('utf_8','replace')+':\n'+self.errortypes)
except:
pass
try:
self.errors.close()
except:
pass
self.statusBar.text='Processing finished.'
#Open dialog box telling that processing is finished and where can the resulting files be found
self.inputdir=''
self.outputfile=''
self.outputpath=''
print 'Extract corpus: finished at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'Processing done. Results found in:\n\n1) '+ \
self.outputpath+os.sep+self.startinglanguage+ ' ('+self.destinationlanguage+')_' +self.outputfile+ ' (starting language corpus)\n2) '+ \
self.outputpath+os.sep+self.destinationlanguage+' ('+self.startinglanguage+')_'+self.outputfile+ \
' (destination language corpus)\n3) '+self.outputpath+os.sep+'_processing_info'+os.sep+self.startinglanguage+ '-'+self.destinationlanguage+'_'+ \
'errors_'+self.outputfile+'.txt'+ ' (list of files that caused errors)\n4) '+self.outputpath+os.sep+'_processing_info'+os.sep+self.startinglanguage+ \
'-'+self.destinationlanguage+'_'+'actions_'+self.outputfile+'.txt'+ ' (list of files where processing was successful)', 'Processing Done')
def on_menuFileExtractCorpus_select(self, event):
self.ExtractCorpus()
def on_btnExtractCorpus_mouseClick(self, event):
self.ExtractCorpus()
def ExtractAllCorpora(self):
"""Extracts all the LanguagePairs that can be composed with the languages indicated in the file "LanguageCodes.txt"
@self.presentfile: TMX file being currently processed
@self.numtus: number of translation units extracted so far
@numcorpora: number of language pair being processed
@self.inputdir: directory whose files will be treated
@self.outputfile: base name of the resulting corpora files
@self.errors:output file indicating the types of error that occurred in each processed TMX file
@self.startinglanguage: something like 'EN-GB'
@self.destinationlanguage: something like 'FR-FR'
@lang1: code of the starting language
@lang2: code of the destination language
@self.errortypes: variable that stocks the types of errors detected in the TMX file that is being processed
@self.wroteactions: variable that indicates whether the actions files has already been written to
"""
print 'Extract All Corpora: started at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
self.presentfile=''
self.numtus=0
numcorpora=0
#if the directory where TMX files (@inputdir) or the base name of the output files were not previously chosen, open a dialog box explaining
#the conditions that have to be met so that the extraction can be made and do nothing...
if (self.inputdir=='') or (self.outputfile==''):
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'In order to extract all corpora, you need to:\n\n 1) indicate the directory where the TMX files are, and\n ' \
+ '2) the base name of the output files.', 'Error')
#...else, go ahead
else:
try:
for lang1 in self.languages:
for lang2 in self.languages:
if lang2 > lang1:
print lang1+'/'+lang2+' corpus being created...'
numcorpora=numcorpora+1
self.errortypes=''
self.numtus=0
self.wroteactions=False
#get the startinglanguage name (e.g.: "EN-GB") from the program window
self.startinglanguage=lang1
#get the destinationlanguage name from the program window
self.destinationlanguage=lang2
try:
self.errors=open(self.outputpath+os.sep+'_processing_info'+os.sep+self.startinglanguage+ '-'+self.destinationlanguage+'_'+'errors.txt','w+')
except:
pass
self.statusBar.text='Language pair '+str(numcorpora)+' being processed. Please wait.'
#Launch the segment extraction
self.getallsegments()
# if any error up to now, add the name of the TMX file to the output file @errors
if self.errortypes:
try:
self.errors.write(self.presentfile.encode('utf_8','replace')+':\n'+self.errortypes.encode('utf_8','replace'))
except:
pass
try:
self.errors.close()
except:
pass
self.statusBar.text='Processing finished.'
except:
self.errortypes=self.errortypes+' - Extract All Corpora error\n'
self.errors.write(self.presentfile.encode('utf_8','replace')+':\n'+self.errortypes.encode('utf_8','replace'))
self.errors.close()
#Open dialog box telling that processing is finished and where can the resulting files be found
self.inputdir=''
self.outputfile=''
self.outputpath=''
print 'Extract All Corpora: finished at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'Results found in: '+ self.outputpath+'.', 'Processing done')
def on_menuFileExtractAllCorpora_select(self, event):
self.ExtractAllCorpora()
def on_btnExtractAllCorpora_mouseClick(self, event):
self.ExtractAllCorpora()
def ExtractSomeCorpora(self):
"""Extracts the segments of the LanguagePairs indicated in the file "LanguagePairs.txt" located in the program's root directory
@self.presentfile: TMX file being currently processed
@self.numtus: number of translation units extracted so far
@currdir: current working directory of the program
@pairsoflanguages: list of the pairs of language that are going to be processed
@self.languages: list of languages whose segments can be processed
@numcorpora: number of language pair being processed
@self.inputdir: directory whose files will be treated
@self.outputfile: base name of the resulting corpora files
@self.errors:output file indicating the types of error that occurred in each processed TMX file
@self.startinglanguage: something like 'EN-GB'
@self.destinationlanguage: something like 'FR-FR'
@lang1: code of the starting language
@lang2: code of the destination language
@self.errortypes: variable that stocks the types of errors detected in the TMX file that is being processed
@self.wroteactions: variable that indicates whether the actions files has already been written to
"""
print 'Extract Some Corpora: started at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
self.presentfile=''
self.numtus=0
currdir=os.path.abspath(os.path.dirname(os.path.realpath(sys.argv[0])))
#... load the file ("LanguageCodes.txt") with the list of languages that the program can process
try:
pairsoflanguages=open(currdir+os.sep+r'LanguagePairs.txt','r+').readlines()
except:
# If the languages file doesn't exist in the program directory, alert user that it is essential for the good working of the program and exit
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'The file "LanguagePairs.txt" is missing. The program will now close.', 'Essential file missing')
sys.exit()
#remove end of line marker from each line in "LanguageCodes.txt"
if pairsoflanguages:
for item in range(len(pairsoflanguages)):
pairsoflanguages[item]=pairsoflanguages[item].strip()
pos=pairsoflanguages[item].find("/")
pairsoflanguages[item]=(pairsoflanguages[item][:pos],pairsoflanguages[item][pos+1:])
else:
# If the languages file is empty, alert user that it is essential for the good working of the program and exit
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'The file "LanguagePairs.txt" is an essential file and is empty. The program will now close.', 'Empty file')
sys.exit()
#if the directory where TMX files (@inputdir) or the base name of the output files were not previously chosen, open a dialog box explaining
#the conditions that have to be met so that the extraction can be made and do nothing...
if (self.inputdir=='') or (self.outputfile==''):
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'In order to extract all corpora, you need to:\n\n 1) indicate the directory where the TMX files are, and\n ' \
+ '2) the base name of the output files.', 'Error')
#...else, go ahead
else:
numcorpora=0
for (lang1,lang2) in pairsoflanguages:
if lang1<>lang2:
print lang1+'/'+lang2+' corpus being created...'
self.errortypes=''
numcorpora=numcorpora+1
#get the startinglanguage code (e.g.: "EN-GB")
self.startinglanguage=lang1
#get the destinationlanguage code
self.destinationlanguage=lang2
try:
self.errors=open(self.outputpath+os.sep+'_processing_info'+os.sep+self.startinglanguage+ '-'+self.destinationlanguage+'_'+'errors.txt','w+')
except:
pass
self.statusBar.text='Language pair '+str(numcorpora)+' being processed. Please wait.'
#Launch the segment extraction
self.numtus=0
self.wroteactions=False
self.getallsegments()
# if any error up to now, add the name of the TMX file to the output file @errors
if self.errortypes:
try:
self.errors.write(self.presentfile.encode('utf_8','replace')+':\n'+self.errortypes.encode('utf_8','replace'))
except:
pass
try:
self.errors.close()
except:
pass
else:
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'A bilingual corpus involves two different languages. The pair "'+lang1+'/'+lang2 + \
'" will not be processed.', 'Alert')
self.statusBar.text='Processing finished.'
#Open dialog box telling that processing is finished and where can the resulting files be found
self.inputdir=''
self.outputfile=''
self.outputpath=''
print 'Extract Some Corpora: finished at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'Results found in: '+ self.outputpath+'.', 'Processing done')
def on_menuFileExtractSomeCorpora_select(self, event):
self.ExtractSomeCorpora()
def on_btnExtractSomeCorpora_mouseClick(self, event):
self.ExtractSomeCorpora()
def on_menuHelpHelp_select(self, event):
try:
f = open('_READ_ME_FIRST.txt', "r")
msg = f.read()
result = dialog.scrolledMessageDialog(self, msg, 'readme.txt')
except:
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'Help file missing', 'Problem with the Help file')
if __name__ == '__main__':
app = model.Application(Extract_TMX_Corpus)
app.MainLoop()

141
contrib/Extract_TMX_Corpus/Extract_TMX_Corpus.rsrc.py
View File

@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
{'application':{'type':'Application',
'name':'Extract_TMX_Corpus',
'backgrounds': [
{'type':'Background',
'name':'bgExtract_TMX_Corpus',
'title':u'Extract_TMX_Corpus',
'size':(275, 410),
'statusBar':1,
'menubar': {'type':'MenuBar',
'menus': [
{'type':'Menu',
'name':'menuFile',
'label':'&File',
'items': [
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuFileSelectDirectory',
'label':u'Select &input/output directory...\tCtrl+I',
'command':'SelectListOfDirectories',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuGetOutputFileBaseName',
'label':u'Get &output file base name...\tCtrl+O',
'command':'GetOutputFileBaseName',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'fileSep1',
'label':'-',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuFileExtractCorpus',
'label':u'&Extract corpus\tCtrl+E',
'command':'ExtractCorpus',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuFileExtractSomeCorpora',
'label':u'Extract &some corpora\tCtrl+S',
'command':'ExtractSomeCorpora',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuFileExtractAllCorpora',
'label':u'Extract &all corpora\tCtrl+A',
'command':'ExtractAllCorpora',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'fileSep2',
'label':u'-',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuFileExit',
'label':'E&xit\tAlt+X',
'command':'Doexit',
},
]
},
{'type':'Menu',
'name':'menuHelp',
'label':u'&Help',
'items': [
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuHelpHelp',
'label':u'&Help...\tCtrl+H',
},
]
},
]
},
'components': [
{'type':'Button',
'name':'btnExtractSomeCorpora',
'position':(18, 267),
'size':(225, 25),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'label':u'Extract some corpora',
},
{'type':'Button',
'name':'btnExtractAllCorpora',
'position':(18, 233),
'size':(225, 25),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'label':u'Extract all corpora',
},
{'type':'StaticText',
'name':'StaticText3',
'position':(18, 107),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'text':u'Destination Language:',
},
{'type':'ComboBox',
'name':'cbDestinationLanguage',
'position':(18, 129),
'size':(225, -1),
'items':[],
},
{'type':'Button',
'name':'btnSelectDirectory',
'position':(18, 19),
'size':(225, 25),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'label':u'Select input / output directory...',
},
{'type':'ComboBox',
'name':'cbStartingLanguage',
'position':(18, 74),
'size':(225, -1),
'items':[u'DE-PT', u'EN-PT', u'ES-PT', u'FR-PT'],
},
{'type':'Button',
'name':'btnGetOutputFileBaseName',
'position':(18, 166),
'size':(225, 25),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'label':u'Select base name of output file...',
},
{'type':'Button',
'name':'btnExtractCorpus',
'position':(18, 200),
'size':(225, 25),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'label':u'Extract one corpus',
},
{'type':'StaticText',
'name':'StaticText1',
'position':(18, 53),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'text':u'Starting Language:',
},
] # end components
} # end background
] # end backgrounds
} }

22
contrib/Extract_TMX_Corpus/LanguageCodes.txt
View File

@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
BG-01
CS-01
DA-01
DE-DE
EL-01
EN-GB
ES-ES
ET-01
FI-01
FR-FR
HU-01
IT-IT
LT-01
LV-01
MT-01
NL-NL
PL-01
PT-PT
RO-RO
SK-01
SL-01
SV-SE

3
contrib/Extract_TMX_Corpus/LanguagePairs.txt
View File

@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
BG-01/CS-01
FR-FR/PT-PT
EN-GB/LT-01

241
contrib/Extract_TMX_Corpus/_READ_ME_FIRST.txt
View File

@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
Summary:
PURPOSE
PERFORMANCE
REQUIREMENTS
INSTALLATION
HOW TO USE
GETTING THE RESULTS
THANKS
LICENSE
********************************************************************************
PURPOSE:
********************************************************************************
This is the MS Windows and Linux version (tested with Ubuntu 10.10 and 11.04)
of Extract_Tmx_Corpus_1.044.
Extract_Tmx_Corpus_1.044 was created initially as a Windows program (tested in
Windows 7, Vista and XP) with a view to enable translators not necessarily with
a deep knowledge of linguistic tools to create highly customised corpora that
can be used with the Moses machine translation system and with other systems.
Some users call it "et cetera", playing a bit with its initials (ETC) and
meaning that it can treat a never-ending number of files.
In order to create corpora that are most useful to train machine translation
systems, one should strive to include segments that are relevant for the task in
hand. One of the ways of finding such segments could involve the usage of
previous translation memory files (TMX files). This way the corpora could be
customised for the person or for the type of task in question. The present
program uses such files as input.
The program can create strictly aligned corpora for a single pair of languages,
several pairs of languages or all the pairs of languages contained in the TMX
files.
The program creates 2 separate files (UTF-8 format; Unix line endings) for each
language pair that it processes: one for the starting language and another for
the destination language. The lines of a given TMX translation unit are placed
in strictly the same line in both files. The program suppresses empty TMX
translation units, as well as those where the text for the first language is the
same as that of the second language (like translation units consisting solely of
numbers, or those in which the first language segment has not been translated
into the second language). If you are interested in another format of corpus, it
should be relatively easy to adapt this format to the format you are interested
in.
The program also informs about errors that might occur during processing and
creates a file that lists the name(s) of the TMX files that caused them, as well
as a separate one listing the files successfully treated and the number of
segments extracted for the language pair.
********************************************************************************
REQUIREMENTS:
********************************************************************************
The program requires the following to be pre-installed in your computer:
1) Python 2.5 or higher (The program has been tested on Python 2.5 to 2.7.)
Windows users download and install from http://www.python.org/download/
Ubuntu users can use the pre-installed Python distribution
2) wxPython 2.8 or higher
Windows users download and install the Unicode version from
http://www.wxpython.org/download.php
Ubuntu users install with:
sudo apt-get install python-wxtools
3) Pythoncard 0.8.2 or higher
Windows users download and install
http://sourceforge.net/projects/pythoncard/files/PythonCard/0.8.2/PythonCard-0.8.2.win32.exe/download
Ubuntu/Debian users install with:
sudo apt-get install pythoncard
********************************************************************************
INSTALLATION:
********************************************************************************
Windows users:
1) Download the Extract_TMX_Corpus_1.041.exe file
2) Double-click Extract_TMX_Corpus_1.041.exe and follow the wizard's
instructions.
NOTE: Windows Vista users, to run the installation programs, by right-click on
the installation file in Windows Explorer and choose "Execute as administrator"
in the contextual menu.
Ubuntu users:
1) Download the Moses2TMX.tgz compressed file to a directory of your choice.
2) Expand the compressed file and run from the expanded directory.
***IMPORTANT***: Never erase the file "LanguageCodes.txt" in that directory. It
is necessary for telling the program the languages that it has to process. If
your TMX files use language codes that are different from those contained in
this file, please replace the codes contained in the file with the codes used in
your TMX files. You can always add or delete new codes to this file (when the
program is not running).
********************************************************************************
HOW TO USE:
********************************************************************************
1) Create a directory where you will copy the TMX files that you want to
process.
2) Copy the TMX files to that directory.
Note: If you do not have TMX files, try the following site:
http://langtech.jrc.it/DGT-TM.html#Download. It contains the European Union
DGT's Translation Memory, containing legislative documents of the European
Union. For more details, see http://wt.jrc.it/lt/Acquis/DGT_TU_1.0/data/. These
files are compressed in zip format and need to be unzipped before they can be
used.
3) Launch the program.
4) Operate on the main window of the program in the direction from top to
bottom:
a) Click the "Select input/output directory" button to tell the root
directory where the TMX files are (this directory can have subdirectories,
all of which will also be processed), as well as where the output files
produced by the program will be placed;
NOTE: Please take note of this directory because the result files will also
be placed there.
b) In case you want to extract a ***single*** pair of languages, choose them
in the "Starting Language" and "Destination Language" comboboxes. Do nothing
if you want to extract more than one pair of languages.
c) Click the "Select base name of output file" button and choose a base name
for the output files (default: "Corpus.txt").
Note: This base name is used to compose the names of the output files, which
will also include the names of the starting and destination languages. If
you accept the default "Corpus.txt" and choose "EN-GB" as starting language
and "PT-PT" as destination language, for that corpus pair the respective
corpora files will be named, respectively, "EN-GB (PT-PT)_Corpus.txt" and
"PT-PT (EN-GB)_Corpus.txt".
***TIP***: The base name is useful for getting different names for different
corpora of the same language.
d) Click one (***just one***) of the following buttons:
- "Extract one corpus": this creates a single pair of strictly aligned
corpora in the languages chosen in the "Starting Language" and
"Destination Language" comboboxes;
- "Extract all corpora": this extracts all the combination pairs of
languages for all the languages available in the "Starting Language" and
"Destination language" comboboxes; if a language pair does not have
segments of both languages in all of the translation units of all the
TMX files, the result will be two empty corpora files for that language
pair. If, however, there is just a single relevant translation unit, the
corpus won't be empty.
- "Extract some corpora": this extracts the pairs of languages listed in
the file "LanguagePairs.txt". Each line of this file has the following
structure:
{Starting Language}/{Destination Language}.
Here is an example of a file with 2 lines:
EN-GB/PT-PT
FR-FR/PT-PT
This will create corpora for 4 pairs of languages: EN-PT, PT-EN and FR-PT and
PT-FR. A sample "LanguagePairs.txt" comes with the program to serve as an
example. Customise it to your needs respecting the syntax described above.
NOTE: Never erase the "LanguagePairs.txt" file and always make sure that each
pair of languages that you choose does exist in your TMX files. Otherwise, you
won't get any results.
The "Extract some corpora" and "Extract all corpora" functions are particularly
useful if you want to prepare corpora for several or many language pairs. If
your TMX files have translation units in all of the languages you are interested
in, put them in a single directory (it can have subdirectories) and use those
functions!
********************************************************************************
GETTING THE RESULTS:
********************************************************************************
The results are the aligned corpora files, as well as other files indicating how
well the processing was done.
When the processing is finished, you will find the corpora files in the
directory you have chosen when you selected "Select input/output directory". In
the "_processing_info" subdirectory of that directory you will find one or more
*errors.txt file(s), listing the name of the TMX files that caused an error, and
*actions.txt file(s), listing the files that were successfully processed as well
as the number of translation units extracted.
If you ask for the extraction of several corpora at once, you'll get lots of
corpora files. If you feel somewhat confused by that abundance, please note 2
things:
a) If you sort the files by order of modified date, you'll reconstitute the
chronological order in which the corpora were made (corpora are always made in
pairs one after the other);
b) The name of the corpora file has the following structure:
{Language of the segments} ({Language with which they are aligned})_{Base name
of the corpus}.txt
Example: the file "BG-01 (MT-01)_Corpus.txt" has segments in the BG-01
(Bulgarian) language that also have a translation in the MT-01 (Maltese)
language and corresponds to the corpus whose base name is "Corpus.txt". There
should be an equivalent "MT-01 (BG-01)_Corpus.txt", this time with all the
Maltese segments that have a translation in Bulgarian. Together, these 2 files
constitute an aligned corpus ready to be fed to Moses.
You can now feed Moses your customised corpora :-)
********************************************************************************
PERFORMANCE:
********************************************************************************
The program can process very large numbers of TMX files (tens of thousands or
more). It can also process extremely big TMX files (500 MB or more; it
successfully processed a 2,3 GB file). The extraction of the corpus of a pair of
languages in a very large (6,15 GB) set of TMX files took approximately 45
minutes in an Intel Core 2 Solo U3500 computer @ 1.4 GHz with 4 GB RAM.
The starting language and the destination language segments can be in any order
in the TMX files (e.g., the starting language segment may be found either before
or after the destination language segment in one, several or all translation
units of the TMX file).
The program accepts and preserves text in any language (including special
diacritical characters), but has only been tested with European Union official
languages.
********************************************************************************
THANKS:
********************************************************************************
Thanks to Gary Daine, who pointed out a way to improve one of the regex
expressions used in the code.
********************************************************************************
LICENSE:
********************************************************************************
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation (version 3 of the License).
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

674
contrib/Extract_TMX_Corpus/gpl.txt
View File

@ -1,674 +0,0 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

22
contrib/Moses2TMX/LanguageCodes.txt
View File

@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
BG-01
CS-01
DA-01
DE-DE
EL-01
EN-GB
ES-ES
ET-01
FI-01
FR-FR
HU-01
IT-IT
LT-01
LV-01
MT-01
NL-NL
PL-01
PT-PT
RO-RO
SK-01
SL-01
SV-SE

166
contrib/Moses2TMX/Moses2TMX.py
View File

@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
#! /usr/bin/env python
# -*- coding: utf_8 -*-
"""This program is used to prepare TMX files from corpora composed of 2 files for each language pair,
where the position of a segment in the first language file is exactly the same as in the second
language file.
The program requires that Pythoncard and wxPython (as well as Python) be previously installed.
Copyright 2009, 2010 João Luís A. C. Rosas
Distributed under GNU GPL v3 licence (see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/)
E-mail: joao.luis.rosas@gmail.com """
__version__ = "$Revision: 1.033$"
__date__ = "$Date: 2010/02/25$"
__author__="$João Luís A. C. Rosas$"
from PythonCard import clipboard, dialog, graphic, model
from PythonCard.components import button, combobox,statictext,checkbox,staticbox
import wx
import os, re
import string
import sys
from time import strftime
import codecs
class Moses2TMX(model.Background):
def on_initialize(self, event):
self.inputdir=''
#Get directory where program file is and ...
currdir=os.path.abspath(os.path.dirname(os.path.realpath(sys.argv[0])))
#... load the file ("LanguageCodes.txt") with the list of languages that the program can process
try:
self.languages=open(currdir+os.sep+r'LanguageCodes.txt','r+').readlines()
except:
# If the languages file doesn't exist in the program directory, alert user that it is essential for the good working of the program and exit
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'The file "LanguageCodes.txt" is missing. The program will now close.', 'Essential file missing')
sys.exit()
#remove end of line marker from each line in "LanguageCodes.txt"
for lang in range(len(self.languages)):
self.languages[lang]=self.languages[lang].rstrip()
self.lang1code=''
self.lang2code=''
#Insert list of language names in appropriate program window's combo boxes
self.components.cbStartingLanguage.items=self.languages
self.components.cbDestinationLanguage.items=self.languages
def CreateTMX(self, name):
print 'Started at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
#get the startinglanguage name (e.g.: "EN-GB") from the program window
self.lang1code=self.components.cbStartingLanguage.text
#get the destinationlanguage name from the program window
self.lang2code=self.components.cbDestinationLanguage.text
print name+'.'+self.lang2code[:2].lower()
e=codecs.open(name,'r',"utf-8","strict")
f=codecs.open(name+'.'+self.lang2code[:2].lower()+'.moses','r',"utf-8","strict")
a=codecs.open(name+'.tmp','w',"utf-8","strict")
b=codecs.open(name+'.'+self.lang2code[:2].lower()+'.moses.tmp','w',"utf-8","strict")
for line in e:
if line.strip():
a.write(line)
for line in f:
if line.strip():
b.write(line)
a=codecs.open(name+'.tmp','r',"utf-8","strict")
b=codecs.open(name+'.'+self.lang2code[:2].lower()+'.moses.tmp','r',"utf-8","strict")
g=codecs.open(name+'.tmx','w','utf-16','strict')
g.write('<?xml version="1.0" ?>\n<!DOCTYPE tmx SYSTEM "tmx14.dtd">\n<tmx version="version 1.4">\n\n<header\ncreationtool="moses2tmx"\ncreationtoolversion="1.032"\nsegtype="sentence"\ndatatype="PlainText"\nadminlang="EN-US"\nsrclang="'+self.lang1code+'"\n>\n</header>\n\n<body>\n')
parar=0
while True:
self.ling1segm=a.readline().strip()
self.ling2segm=b.readline().strip()
if not self.ling1segm:
break
elif not self.ling2segm:
break
else:
try:
g.write('<tu creationid="MT!">\n<prop type="Txt::Translator">Moses</prop>\n<tuv xml:lang="'+self.lang1code+'">\n<seg>'+self.ling1segm+'</seg>\n</tuv>\n<tuv xml:lang="'+self.lang2code+ \
'">\n<seg>'+self.ling2segm+'</seg>\n</tuv>\n</tu>\n\n')
except:
pass
a.close()
b.close()
e.close()
f.close()
g.write('</body>\n</tmx>\n')
g.close()
#os.remove(name)
#os.remove(name+'.'+self.lang2code[:2].lower()+'.moses')
os.remove(name+'.tmp')
os.remove(name+'.'+self.lang2code[:2].lower()+'.moses.tmp')
def createTMXs(self):
try:
# Get a list of all TMX files that need to be processed
fileslist=self.locate('*.moses',self.inputdir)
except:
# if any error up to now, add the name of the TMX file to the output file @errors
self.errortypes=self.errortypes+' - Get All Segments: creation of output files error\n'
if fileslist:
# For each relevant TMX file ...
for self.presentfile in fileslist:
filename=self.presentfile[:-9]
#print filename
self.CreateTMX(filename)
print 'Finished at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'Processing done.', 'Processing Done')
def on_btnCreateTMX_mouseClick(self, event):
self.createTMXs()
def on_menuFileCreateTMXFiles_select(self, event):
self.createTMXs()
def on_btnSelectLang1File_mouseClick(self, event):
self.input1=self.GetInputFileName()
def on_btnSelectLang2File_mouseClick(self, event):
self.input2=self.GetInputFileName()
def locate(self,pattern, basedir):
"""Locate all files matching supplied filename pattern in and below
supplied root directory.
@pattern: something like '*.tmx'
@basedir:whole directory to be treated
"""
import fnmatch
for path, dirs, files in os.walk(os.path.abspath(basedir)):
for filename in fnmatch.filter(files, pattern):
yield os.path.join(path, filename)
def SelectDirectory(self):
"""Select the directory where the files to be processed are
@result: object returned by the dialog window with attributes accepted (true if user clicked OK button, false otherwise) and
path (list of strings containing the full pathnames to all files selected by the user)
@self.inputdir: directory where files to be processed are (and where output files will be written)
@self.statusBar.text: text displayed in the program window status bar"""
result= dialog.directoryDialog(self, 'Choose a directory', 'a')
if result.accepted:
self.inputdir=result.path
self.statusBar.text=self.inputdir+' selected.'
def on_menuFileSelectDirectory_select(self, event):
self.SelectDirectory()
def on_btnSelectDirectory_mouseClick(self, event):
self.SelectDirectory()
def on_menuHelpShowHelp_select(self, event):
f = open('_READ_ME_FIRST.txt', "r")
msg = f.read()
result = dialog.scrolledMessageDialog(self, msg, '_READ_ME_FIRST.txt')
def on_menuFileExit_select(self, event):
sys.exit()
if __name__ == '__main__':
app = model.Application(Moses2TMX)
app.MainLoop()

95
contrib/Moses2TMX/Moses2TMX.rsrc.py
View File

@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
{'application':{'type':'Application',
'name':'Moses2TMX',
'backgrounds': [
{'type':'Background',
'name':'bgMoses2TMX',
'title':u'Moses2TMX-1.032',
'size':(277, 307),
'statusBar':1,
'menubar': {'type':'MenuBar',
'menus': [
{'type':'Menu',
'name':'menuFile',
'label':u'&File',
'items': [
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuFileSelectDirectory',
'label':u'Select &Directory ...\tAlt+D',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuFileCreateTMXFiles',
'label':u'&Create TMX Files\tAlt+C',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'Sep1',
'label':u'-',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuFileExit',
'label':u'&Exit\tAlt+E',
},
]
},
{'type':'Menu',
'name':'menuHelp',
'label':u'&Help',
'items': [
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuHelpShowHelp',
'label':u'&Show Help\tAlt+S',
},
]
},
]
},
'components': [
{'type':'Button',
'name':'btnSelectDirectory',
'position':(15, 15),
'size':(225, 25),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'label':u'Select Directory ...',
},
{'type':'StaticText',
'name':'StaticText3',
'position':(17, 106),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'text':u'Target Language:',
},
{'type':'ComboBox',
'name':'cbStartingLanguage',
'position':(18, 75),
'size':(70, -1),
'items':[],
},
{'type':'ComboBox',
'name':'cbDestinationLanguage',
'position':(17, 123),
'size':(70, -1),
'items':[u'DE-PT', u'EN-PT', u'ES-PT', u'FR-PT'],
},
{'type':'Button',
'name':'btnCreateTMX',
'position':(20, 160),
'size':(225, 25),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'label':u'Create TMX Files',
},
{'type':'StaticText',
'name':'StaticText1',
'position':(18, 56),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'text':u'Source Language:',
},
] # end components
} # end background
] # end backgrounds
} }

127
contrib/Moses2TMX/_READ_ME_FIRST.txt
View File

@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
Summary:
PURPOSE
REQUIREMENTS
INSTALLATION
HOW TO USE
LICENSE
********************************************************************************
PURPOSE:
********************************************************************************
This is the MS Windows and Linux version (tested with Ubuntu 10.10 and 11.04) of
Moses2TMX 1.033.
Moses2TMX started as a Windows program (tested on Windows7, Vista and XP) that
enables translators not necessarily with a deep knowledge of linguistic tools to
create TMX files from a Moses corpus or from any other corpus made up of 2
separate files, one for the source language and another for the target language,
whose lines are strictly aligned.
The program processes a whole directory containing source language and
corresponding target language documents and creates 1 TMX file (UTF-16 format;
Windows line endings) for each document pair that it processes.
The program accepts and preserves text in any language (including special
diacritical characters), but has only been tested with European Union official
languages.
The program is specifically intended to work with the output of a series of
Linux scripts together called Moses-for-Mere-Mortals.
********************************************************************************
REQUIREMENTS:
********************************************************************************
The program requires the following to be pre-installed in your computer:
1) Python 2.5 or higher (The program has been tested on Python 2.5 to 2.7)
Windows users download and install from http://www.python.org/download/
Ubuntu users can use the pre-installed Python distribution
2) wxPython 2.8 or higher
Windows users download and install the Unicode version from
http://www.wxpython.org/download.php
Ubuntu users install with: sudo apt-get install python-wxtools
3) Pythoncard 0.8.2 or higher
Windows users download and install
http://sourceforge.net/projects/pythoncard/files/PythonCard/0.8.2/PythonCard-0.8.2.win32.exe/download
Ubuntu users install with: sudo apt-get install pythoncard
********************************************************************************
INSTALLATION:
********************************************************************************
Windows users:
1) Download the Moses2TMX.exe file to a directory of your choice.
2) Double-click Moses2TMX.exe and follow the wizard's instructions.
NOTE: Windows Vista users, to run the installation programs, by right-click on
the installation file in Windows Explorer and choose "Execute as administrator"
in the contextual menu.
Ubuntu users:
1) Download the Moses2TMX.tgz compressed file to a directory of your choice.
2) Expand the compressed file and run from the expanded directory.
***IMPORTANT***: Never erase the file "LanguageCodes.txt" in that directory. It
is necessary for telling the program the languages that it has to process. If
your TMX files use language codes that are different from those contained in
this file, please replace the codes contained in the file with the codes used in
your TMX files. You can always add or delete new codes to this file (when the
program is not running).
********************************************************************************
HOW TO USE:
********************************************************************************
1) Create a directory where you will copy the files that you want to process.
2) Copy the source and target language documents that you want to process to
that directory.
NOTE YOU HAVE TO RESPECT SOME NAMING CONVENTIONS IN ORDER TO BE ABLE TO USE
THIS PROGRAM:
a) the target documents have to have follow the following convention:
{basename}.{abbreviation of target language}.moses
where {abbreviation of target language} is a ***2 character*** string
containing the lowercased first 2 characters of any of the language
codes present in the LanguageCodes.txt (present in the base directory of
Moses2TMX)
Example: If {basename} = "200000" and the target language has a code
"EN-GB" in the LanguageCodes.txt, then the name of the target file
should be "200000.en.moses"
b) the source language document should have the name:
{basename}
Example: continuing the preceding example, the name of the corresponding
source document should be "200000".
3) Launch the program as indicated above in the "Launching the program" section.
4) Operate on the main window of the program in the direction from top to
bottom:
a) Click the "Select Directory..." button to indicate the directory
containing all the source and corresponding target documents that you want
to process;
b) Indicate the languages of your files refers to in the "Source Language"
and "Target Language" comboboxes;
c) Click the Create TMX Files button.
********************************************************************************
LICENSE:
********************************************************************************
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation (version 3 of the License).
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

674
contrib/Moses2TMX/gpl.txt
View File

@ -1,674 +0,0 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/Introduction/iSenWeb A Web-based Machine Translation System to Translate Sentences.docx Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/Introduction/iSenWeb A Web-based Machine Translation System to Translate Sentences.pdf Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.

129
contrib/iSenWeb/index.html Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
<!DOCTYPE html>
<HTML>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
<title>Moses Translation System</title>
<script type="text/javascript" src="jquery-1.7.2.js"></script>
<link href="./themes/styles/common.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" />
<link href="./themes/styles/search.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css"/>
<link href="./themes/styles/fanyi.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" />
</head>
<script language="javascript">
$(document).ready(function()
{
var targetDiv = $("#outputText");
var input = $("#inputText");
$("#transForm").submit(function()
{
$.ajax(
{
type: "POST", url: 'trans_result.php',data: {input1: input.val()},
complete: function(data)
{
targetDiv.html('');
targetDiv.append(data.responseText);
}
});
return false;
});
});
</script>
<body>
<div class="topWrap">
<div class="top">
<div class="logo"><a href="/" title="English Chinese Translation Based on Moses">Home</a></div>
</div>
<!-- top end -->
</div>
<div class="ConBox">
<div class="hd">
<div id="inputMod" class="column fl">
<div class="wrapper">
<!--
<form action="trans_result.php" method="post" id="transForm" name="transForm">-->
<form action="" method="post" id="transForm" name="transForm">
<div class="row desc">
Source Text:
<input type="reset" name="clear" value="Clear"/>
</div>
<div class="row border content">
<textarea id="inputText" class="text" dir="ltr" tabindex="1" wrap="SOFT" name="inputText"></textarea>
</div>
<div class="row">
<select>
<option value ="en-cn">English >> Chinese </option>
</select>
<input type="submit" value="Translation"/>
</div>
</form>
</div>
<!-- end of wrapper -->
</div>
<!-- end of div inputMod -->
<div id="outputMod" class="column fr">
<div class="wrapper">
<div id="translated" style="display: block;">
<div class="row desc"><span id="outputLang">en->ch</span></div>
<div class="row">
<div id="outputText" class="row">
<div class="translated_result">
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<!-- end of entryList -->
<!-- end translated -->
</div>
<!-- end of wrapper -->
<div class="row cf" id="addons">
<a id="feedback_link" target="_blank" href="#" class="fr">Feedback</a>
<span id="suggestYou">
选择<a data-pos="web.o.leftbottom" class="clog-js" data-clog="FUFEI_CLICK" href="http://nlp2ct.sftw.umac.mo/" target="_blank">人工翻译服务</a>，获得更专业的翻译结果。
</span>
</div>
</div>
<div id="errorHolder"><span class="error_text"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="clear:both"></div>
<script type="text/javascript">
var global = {};
global.sessionFrom = "http://dict.youdao.com/";
</script>
<script type="text/javascript" src="http://impservice.dictweb.youdao.com/imp/dict_req_web_1.0.js"></script>
<script data-main="fanyi" type="text/javascript" src="./themes/fanyi/v2.1.3.1/scripts/fanyi.js"></script>
<div id="transBtnTip">
<div id="transBtnTipInner">
点击翻译按钮继续，查看网页翻译结果。
<p class="ar">
<a href="#" id="transBtnTipOK">I have known</a>
</p>
<b id="transBtnTipArrow"></b>
</div>
</div>
<div class="Feedback"><a href="http://nlp2ct.sftw.umac.mo/" target="_blank">反馈信息给我们</a></div>
<div class="footer" style="clear:both">
<p><a href="http://nlp2ct.sftw.umac.mo/" target="_blank">Conect with us</a> <span>|</span>
<a href="http://nlp2ct.sftw.umac.mo/" target="_blank">Mosese Translated system</a> <span>|</span>
Copyright© &nbsp;&nbsp;2012-2012 NLP2CT All Right to Moses Group
</p>
<p>More</p>
</div>
</div>
</body>
</HTML>

9405
contrib/iSenWeb/jquery-1.7.2.js vendored Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

59
contrib/iSenWeb/moses.pl Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl -w
use warnings;
use strict;
$|++;
# file: daemon.pl
# Herve Saint-Amand
# Universitaet des Saarlandes
# Tue May 13 19:45:31 2008
# This script starts Moses to run in the background, so that it can be used by
# the CGI script. It spawns the Moses process, then binds itself to listen on
# some port, and when it gets a connection, reads it line by line, feeds those
# to Moses, and sends back the translation.
# You can either run one instance of this on your Web server, or, if you have
# the hardware setup for it, run several instances of this, then configure
# translate.cgi to connect to these.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# includes
use IO::Socket::INET;
use IPC::Open2;
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# constants, global vars, config
my $MOSES = '/home/tianliang/research/moses-smt/scripts/training/model/moses';
my $MOSES_INI = '/home/tianliang/research/moses-smt/scripts/training/model/moses.ini';
die "usage: daemon.pl <hostname> <port>" unless (@ARGV == 2);
my $LISTEN_HOST = shift;
my $LISTEN_PORT = shift;
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# main
# spawn moses
my ($MOSES_IN, $MOSES_OUT);
my $pid = open2 ($MOSES_OUT, $MOSES_IN, $MOSES, '-f', $MOSES_INI);
# open server socket
my $server_sock = new IO::Socket::INET
(LocalAddr => $LISTEN_HOST, LocalPort => $LISTEN_PORT, Listen => 1)
|| die "Can't bind server socket";
while (my $client_sock = $server_sock->accept) {
while (my $line = <$client_sock>) {
print $MOSES_IN $line;
$MOSES_IN->flush ();
print $client_sock scalar <$MOSES_OUT>;
}
$client_sock->close ();
}
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/common/Logo (1000x300).png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 53 KiB

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/common/Logo (2000x2000).png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 266 KiB

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/common/Logo (250x250).png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 23 KiB

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/common/Logo (500x500).png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 55 KiB

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/common/Logo.png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 53 KiB

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/common/Logo_lab.png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 24 KiB

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/common/header_bg.png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 3.6 KiB

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/common/ico_cor10.png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 958 B

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/common/icon_feedback.png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 6.1 KiB

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/common/logo_christmas.png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 28 KiB

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/common/logo_christmas1.png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 6.2 KiB

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/common/logo_christmas2.png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 10 KiB

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/common/logo_christmas3.png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 34 KiB

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/common/nav_bgn.png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 2.9 KiB

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/common/sidebar_bg.png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 10 KiB

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/fanyi/fanyi_sprite.png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 8.5 KiB

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/fanyi/inputTextBg.png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 501 B

BIN
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/images/search/s.png Executable file
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 4.3 KiB

288
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/styles/common.css Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
@charset "utf-8";
html,body,div,span,applet,object,iframe,table,caption,tbody,tfoot,thead,tr,th,td,del,dfn,em,font,img,ins,kbd,q,s,samp,small,strike,tt,var,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,p,blockquote,pre,a,abbr,acronym,address,big,cite,code,dl,dt,dd,ol,ul,li,fieldset,form,label,legend {
outline:0;
padding:0;
margin:0;
border:0;
text-align:left;
font-style:normal;
word-wrap:break-word;
}
:focus {
outline:0;
}
body {
font-family:"Microsoft Yahei","\534E\6587\9ED1\4F53","Arail","Verdana","Helvetica","sans-serif";
color:#999;
font-size:12px;
}
ol,ul,li {
list-style:none;
}
table {
border-collapse:collapse;
border-spacing:0;
width:100%;
}
caption,th,td {
font-weight:normal;
text-align:left;
vertical-align:top;
}
a:link,a:visited {
font-family:"Microsoft Yahei";
color:#568d99;
text-decoration:none;
}
a:hover {
font-family:"Microsoft Yahei";
color:#568d99;
text-decoration:underline;
}
input.txt {
border-top:1px solid #cdcdcd;
border-left:1px solid #a4a4a4;
border-bottom:1px solid #e8e8e8;
border-right:1px solid #d9d9d9;
font-family:Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;
color:#666;
font-size:14px
}
body {
background:#eeefef;
}
.topWrap {
height:200px;
background:url(../images/common/header_bg.png) repeat-x center top;
}
.topW {
width:940px;
position:relative;
margin:0 auto;
}
.top {
width:900px;
margin:0 auto;
height:90px;
z-index:100;
}
.top .logo {
width:20px;
height:300px;
background:url(../images/common/Logo.png) no-repeat;
_background:url(../images/common/logo.gif) no-repeat;
float:left;
margin:0px 0 0 0;
}
.top .logNoLogin {
width:159px;
overflow:hidden
}
.top .logo a {
width:165px;
height:55px;
float:left;
text-indent:-9999px;
}
.top .nav {
float:right;
margin-top:37px;
font-size:16px;
position:relative;
width:542px;
}
.top .nav a {
height:35px;
line-height:23px;
margin-left:10px;
padding:0 10px;
float:left;
display:block;
overflow:hidden;
text-decoration:none;
text-align:center;
color:#3c6770;
}
.top .nav a:hover {
background:url(../images/common/nav_bgn.png) no-repeat 0 -40px;
_background:url(../images/common/nav_bgn.gif) no-repeat 0 -40px;
color:#3c6770;
}
.top .nav a.current {
background:url(../images/common/nav_bgn.png) no-repeat center 0;
_background:url(../images/common/nav_bgn.gif) no-repeat center 0;
}
.top .nav .uname {
float:right
}
.top .nav a.username {
height:26px;
max-width:96px;
padding-right:4px;
cursor:pointer;
display:inline-block;
vertical-align:middle
}
.top .nav a.username:hover {
background:none;
}
.top .nav .uname .cor {
display:inline-block;
width:12px;
height:12px;
background:url(../images/common/ico_cor10.png) 0 0 no-repeat;
cursor:pointer;
vertical-align:middle;
overflow:hidden
}
.noLogin .nav {
width:auto;
margin-right:48px;
}
.ConBox {
width:900px;
min-height:600px;
margin:15px auto 50px auto;
padding-bottom:8px;
-webkit-box-shadow:0 0 5px 0 #aeaeae;
-moz-box-shadow:0 0 5px 0 #aeaeae;
-box-shadow:0 0 5px 0 #aeaeae;
-webkit-border-radius:8px;
-moz-border-radius:8px;
border-radius:8px;
background:#fff
}
.ConBox .hd {
padding:30px 30px 10px;
}
.ConBox .hd_left {
float:left;
width:560px;
}
.ConBox .hd_right {
float:right;
width:260px;
}
.ConBox .bd {
padding:0px;
float:right;
}
.ConBox .rank-index {
background-color: #E0EEF7;
padding: 10px;
}
.ConBox .right-panel-title {
color: #035168;
font: bolder 16px/ 18px "Microsoft Yahei";
margin: 0 0 5px 0;
}
.searchbar {
width:900px;
margin:10px auto 0;
overflow:hidden;
*zoom:1;
}
.searchbar .bd {
float:right;
border:1px solid #CBCBCD;
height:28px;
position:relative;
width:181px;
}
.searchbar .bd input.ipt {
background:url(../images/common/sidebar_bg.png) no-repeat 0 -300px;
border:0 none;
color:#cfcfcf;
font-family:"Microsoft Yahei",arial;
font-size:14px;
height:28px;
*height:27px;
line-height:28px;
margin:0;
padding:0 33px 0 9px;
width:119px;
_background:url(../images/common/sidebar_bg.gif) 0 -300px no-repeat;
*background-position:0 -301px;
}
.searchbar .bd input.btn {
background:url(../images/common/sidebar_bg.png) no-repeat -188px -343px;
border:0 none;
cursor:pointer;
height:28px;
position:absolute;
right:0;
top:0;
width:30px;
_background:url(../images/common/sidebar_bg.gif) -188px -343px no-repeat;
}
.searchbar .inpt_focus {
border:1px solid #649C9C;
}
.searchbar .inpt_focus input.btn {
background-position:-188px -473px;
}
.searchbar .inpt_focus input.ipt {
color:#333;
}
.wrap {
clear:both;
}
.container {
width:960px;
margin:60px auto 0;
}
.content .bd {
clear:both;
}
.footer {
width:960px;
height:66px;
padding-top:20px;
color:#b9b8b8;
text-align:center;
}
.footer p {
text-align:center;
line-height:23px;
}
.footer a,.footer a:link {
color:#b9b8b8;
text-decoration:none;
}
.footer a:hover {
color:#b9b8b8;
text-decoration:underline;
}
.top .logo {
height:200px;
width:550px;
background:url(../images/common/Logo_lab.png) no-repeat;
_background:url(../images/common/logo_christmas_ie6.png) no-repeat
}
.Feedback {
right: 0;
position: fixed;
top: 40%;
_position: absolute;
z-index: 85;
}
.Feedback a {
display: block;
width: 41px;
height: 127px;
background: url(../images/common/icon_feedback.png) no-repeat;
text-indent: -9999px;
overflow: hidden;
}

583
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/styles/fanyi.css Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,583 @@
.column {
width:50%;
}
.fl .wrapper {
padding-right:20px;
_padding-right:10px;
}
h2 {
height:20px;
font-size:1.2em;
}
.column .row {
padding-top:.5em;
}
#transForm .user-research {
float:right;
}
#transForm .user-research a {
font-family:"宋体";
}
#transForm .desc {
zoom:1;
}
.column .desc {
position:relative;
color:#333333;
font-size:14px;
}
.text {
width:100%;
padding:0;
background:#fff;
}
input.text {
padding:3px 0;
}
.button {
width:5em;
*height:23px;
*padding-top:2px;
}
.actions a {
display:none;
}
#inputText {
display:block;
border-width:0 1px 1px 0;
border-color:#E5E5E5;
border-style:solid;
background:url("../images/fanyi/inputTextBg.png") no-repeat 0 0;
_background-attachment:fixed;
font-size:14px;
line-height:140%;
padding:10px 0 10px 10px;
height:187px;
resize:none;
outline:none;
font-family:arial,sans-serif;
}
*+html #inputText {
background:none;
border-width:2px 1px 1px 2px;
height:185px;
}
@-moz-document url-prefix() {
#inputText {
padding:3px 0 1px 10px;
height:204px;
}
}#customSelectBtn {
position:relative;
*float:left;
display:inline-block;
width:85px;
height:22px;
padding:1px 20px 1px 5px;
margin-right:5px;
line-height:22px;
border:1px solid #9fc7e3;
vertical-align:bottom;
cursor:pointer;
color:#000000;
}
#customSelectBtn .btn_arrow {
position:absolute;
top:10px;
right:5px;
border-width:5px;
border-style:solid dashed dashed dashed;
border-color:#9fc7e3 transparent transparent transparent;
line-height:0;
font-size:0;
width:0;
height:0;
}
#customSelectBtn.focus .btn_arrow {
top:4px;
border-style:dashed dashed solid dashed;
border-color:transparent transparent #9fc7e3 transparent;
}
#customSelectOption {
width:110px;
padding:0;
margin:1px 0 0;
list-style:none;
font-size:12px;
border:1px solid #9fc7e3;
background:#fff;
position:absolute;
z-index:9999;
left:-1px;
top:23px;
display:none;
}
#customSelectOption a {
display:block;
height:22px;
padding:0 5px;
line-height:22px;
text-decoration:none;
color:#2a2a2a;
}
#customSelectOption a:hover,#customSelectOption .on a {
background:#9fc7e3;
}
#translateBtn {
width:74px;
height:26px;
text-indent:-999em;
overflow:hidden;
background:#fff url(../images/fanyi/fanyi_sprite.png) left -42px;
cursor:pointer;
outline:none;
display:inline-block;
vertical-align:top;
}
#translateBtn:hover {
background-position:-74px -42px;
}
#translateBtn:active {
background-position:-148px -42px;
}
#outputMod {
position:relative;
}
#speech {
display:inline-block;
width:16px;
height:0;
padding-top:13px;
margin:0 5px -2px;
overflow:hidden;
background:url(../images/fanyi/fanyi_sprite.png) no-repeat -168px top;
}
#speech:hover,#speech.on {
background-position:-168px -13px;
}
#outputMod .desc {
position:relative;
zoom:1;
height:14px;
}
#entryList {
padding:40px 0 0;
margin:0 0 0 18px;
list-style:none;
}
#entryList li {
position:relative;
height:42px;
line-height:42px;
padding-left:40px;
margin-bottom:5px;
white-space:nowrap;
color:#666;
}
#entryList .sp {
position:absolute;
left:0;
top:0;
width:36px;
padding-top:42px;
background:url(../images/fanyi/fanyi_sprite.png) no-repeat right top;
}
#translated {
display:none;
zoom:1;
}
#copyit {
vertical-align:middle;
margin-top:-2px;
}
#outputText {
padding:15px 20px 0;
line-height:140%;
word-wrap:break-word;
overflow-y:auto;
background-color:#fafafa;
height:193px;
font-family:arial,sans-serif;
}
#translated .small_font .translated_result .tgt {
font-size:14px;
font-weight:normal;
margin-bottom:.4em;
}
#translated .small_font {
padding:10px 12px;
height:188px;
}
#outputText .src {
color:#787878;
font-size:1em;
margin-bottom:2px;
}
#outputText .tgt {
margin-bottom:10px;
font-size:1.5em;
font-weight:bold;
line-height:150%;
}
#outputText .selected {
background-color:#316ac5;
color:#fff;
}
.smart_result {
padding:.5em .8em 0 0;
border-top:1px solid #e0e0e0;
color:#000;
}
.smart_src_title {
color:#777;
font-size:1.2em;
margin-bottom:.6em;
}
.smart_result p {
margin:5px 0 5px 0;
line-height:125%;
}
.smart_result p a {
float:right;
margin-left:6px;
}
.smart_result p span {
overflow:hidden;
zoom:1;
display:block;
}
.smartresult_more {
font-size:12px;
margin-top:5px;
font-family:"宋体";
}
.compare-mode {
font-weight:bold;
}
#modeWrapper {
margin-top:-3px;
padding:3px 0;
*padding:0;
}
.read-mode {
float:right;
display:none;
}
.read-mode .title {
background:url("../images/fanyi/fanyi_sprite.png") no-repeat -168px -28px;
padding-left:18px;
outline:none;
}
.compare-mode input {
vertical-align:top;
*vertical-align:middle;
margin:0 3px 0 0;
border:0;
padding:0;
}
#errorHolder {
display:none;
position:absolute;
z-index:9999;
top:-25px;
left:50%;
text-align:center;
font-size:12px;
}
#errorHolder.nullError {
left:20%;
top:120px;
}
#errorHolder .error_text {
background:#3b7fc2;
display:inline-block;
padding:5px 10px;
height:15px;
line-height:15px;
color:#fff;
}
#errorHolder .error_text a {
text-decoration:underline;
}
#errorHolder.nullError .error_text {
width:72px;
text-align:center;
}
#errorHolder .add-fav {
color:white;
}
#errorHolder #closeit {
margin-left:8px;
}
.tip-close {
cursor:pointer;
}
#addons {
display:none;
}
#transBtnTip {
display:none;
position:absolute;
z-index:999;
left:100px;
top:100px;
font-size:12px;
*background:#4570e0;
}
#transBtnTipInner {
position:relative;
padding:10px 15px;
*margin:-1px 1px;
color:#fff;
background:#4570e0;
-moz-border-radius:7px;
-khtml-border-radius:7px;
-webkit-border-radius:7px;
border-radius:7px;
}
#transBtnTip .ar {
margin-top:10px;
}
#transBtnTipOK {
font-weight:bold;
color:#fff;
}
#transBtnTipArrow {
position:absolute;
left:50px;
top:100%;
display:block;
border-color:transparent transparent transparent #4570e0;
border-width:0 0 20px 20px;
border-style:dashed dashed dashed solid;
font-size:0;
}
#sponsor {
padding:1em 0 0;
clear:both;
}
#sponsor .desc {
white-space:normal;
zoom:1;
}
#sponsor .fr {
overflow:hidden;
}
#sponsor .more-services {
background-color:#eff7fd;
padding-left:10px;
height:26px;
line-height:26px;
text-align:left;
}
#sponsor .more-services-list {
margin-bottom:1em;
border:1px #eff7fd solid;
padding:5px 12px 4px 22px;
}
#sponsor .more-services-icon-sprite {
background:url("../images/fanyi/fanyi_sprite.png") no-repeat 0 0;
float:left;
padding-left:40px;
padding-top:40px;
line-height:0;
font-size:0;
}
#sponsor .icon1 {
background-position:0 0;
}
#sponsor .icon2 {
background-position:-40px 0;
}
#sponsor .icon3 {
background-position:-80px 0;
}
#sponsor .icon4 {
background-position:-120px 0;
}
#trans_tools {
width:100%;
}
#trans_tools td {
margin:0;
padding:0;
width:25%;
}
#trans_tools h3 {
float:left;
margin-left:10px;
padding:0 10px 0 0;
line-height:40px;
font-size:1.2em;
}
#trans_tools p {
padding:5px 10px 0 0;
color:#777;
font-size:1.2em;
}
#suggestYou {
color:#777;
font-family:"宋体";
}
#feedback_link {
font-family:"宋体";
}
.new {
color:#e60012;
font-size:12px;
}
.close-reading-mode {
display:none;
}
.open-reading-mode {
display:none;
}
.for-close {
display:none;
}
.show-reading-mode .open-reading-mode {
display:inline-block;
}
.reading-mode #inputMod {
display:none;
}
.reading-mode #outputMod {
margin:0 auto;
float:none;
}
.reading-mode .column {
width:65%;
}
.reading-mode #outputMod #addons {
display:none;
}
.reading-mode #outputMod #outputText {
background-color:transparent;
border-top:1px solid #e5e5e5;
border-bottom:1px solid #e5e5e5;
}
.reading-mode #sponsor {
display:none;
}
.reading-mode #translated .small_font {
height:auto;
padding:10px 0;
}
.reading-mode .for-close {
display:block;
}
.reading-mode .close-reading-mode {
display:inline-block;
}
.reading-mode .open-reading-mode {
display:none;
}
.reading-mode #translated .small_font .translated_result .tgt {
margin-bottom:.6em;
padding-bottom:.6em;
}
#selectorSwitcher {
float:right;
margin-top:-3px;
height:20px;
line-height:20px;
cursor:pointer;
}
#selectorStatus {
margin-left:21px;
margin-right:6px;
color:#1e50a2;
}
.selector-sprite {
background:url("../p/switcher.png") no-repeat 0 0;
}
.selector-enable {
background-position:-51px -22px;
}
.selector-enable.hover {
background-position:0 -22px;
}
.selector-disable {
background-position:-51px 0;
}
.selector-disable.hover {
background-position:0 0;
}
.show-translate #addons {
display:block;
}
#b {
border-top:0 solid;
max-width:960px;
min-width:500px;
_width:960px;
font-family:arial sans-serif;
}
#transForm .content {
position:relative;
zoom:1;
}
.typo-suggest {
display:none;
position:absolute;
bottom:10px;
left:12px;
font-size:1.2em;
font-family:verdana,sens-serif;
color:#dc143c;
}
.typo-suggest a.spell-corrected {
text-decoration:underline;
}
.typo-suggest b {
font-style:italic;
font-weight:bold;
}
.ads {
background-color:#FEFEEE;
}
#outputMod .wrapper {
_padding-right:15px;
}
#addons {
_padding-right:15px;
}
#microBlog {
float:right;
padding-right:5px;
}
#microBlog dd,#microBlog dt {
float:left;
padding-top:4px;
height:20px;
line-height:20px;
}
#microBlog dd {
padding-top:4px;
height:20px;
}
#microBlog .blog {
display:inline-block;
background:url('../images/fanyi/anyi_sprite.png') no-repeat;
width:20px;
height:20px;
}
#microBlog a.netease {
background-position:-110px -69px;
}
#microBlog a.sina {
background-position:-132px -69px;
}
#microBlog a.tencent {
background-position:-155px -69px;
}
#microBlog a.kaixin001 {
background-position:-177px -69px;
}
.fl {
float:left;
}
.fr {
float:right;
}

31
contrib/iSenWeb/themes/styles/search.css Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
/* TOP SEARCH */
#ts{position:relative;float: right; font-size:10px;}
/* query form */
.fc,.aca,.qb,.rqb{background:url(/MosesServer-cgi/themes/images/search/s.png) no-repeat}
.fc{position:relative;width:415px;height:33px;padding:2px 0 2px 2px;background-position:-3px -3px}
.fc input{font-family:Arial,sans-serif;border:none}
.qc{position:relative;float:left;width:325px;padding:3px 2px;border-right:1px solid #6a8aae}
.q{width:294px;height:23px;padding:3px 0 0 2px;*margin:-1px 0;font-size:1.6em;background:transparent;*border:1px solid #fff;outline:none}
.aca{position:absolute;right:2px;top:3px;width:26px;height:0;padding-top:26px;overflow:hidden;text-indent:-9999em;background-position:-415px -3px;cursor:pointer}
.qb{width:81px;height:33px;padding:0 0 2px 1px;*padding:2px 0 0 1px;margin:0;_margin-left:-3px;font-weight:bold;font-size:1.4em;word-spacing:4px;color:#fff;background-position:right -50px;background-color:transparent;cursor:pointer}
.no-suggest .q{width:320px}
/* BOTTOM SEARCH */
#bs{margin:15px 0 20px;font-size:10px;}
#bs .q{width:320px}
input.rqb{position:absolute;right:-110px;top:2px;width:102px;height:32px;padding-top:32px;overflow:hidden;text-indent:-9999em;background-color:transparent;background-position:left -50px;cursor:pointer}
/* suggest */
.sw{font-size:1.4em;border:1px solid #8cbbdd}
.sw table{background:#fff;border-collapse:collapse}
.remindtt75,.jstxlan{padding-left: .2em;font-size: 14px;height: 23px;line-height: 23px;}
.remindtt752{padding:.2em;color:#808080;font-size:14px}
.jstxlan{color:#808080;font-size:13px;cursor:pointer; float:right}
.jstxhuitiaoyou{margin:-1px 0;border-top:1px solid #dbeffe;background:#eaf1fd}
.aa_highlight{color:#fff;background:#3971bf}
/* MODULES */
.pm{display:none;width:70px;border:1px solid;font-size:13px;border-color:#8cbbdd;background:#fff}
.pm ul{padding:0;margin:0;list-style:none}
.pm a{display:block;padding:4px 3px;text-decoration:none;zoom:1}
.pm a:hover{color:#fff;background:#3971bf}
.pm .sl{height:0;margin:0 1px;*margin-top:-10px;font-size:0;border-bottom:1px solid #8cbbdd}

10
contrib/iSenWeb/trans_result.php Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
<?php
$result = "";
$Content = $_POST['input1'];
$ereg='/\n/';
$arr_str = preg_split($ereg,$Content);
foreach($arr_str as $value){
$result = ` echo $value | nc 161.64.89.129 1986`;
echo $result.'<br>';
}
?>

12
scripts/training/mert-moses-multi.pl → contrib/mert-moses-multi.pl
View File

@ -4,6 +4,18 @@
# mert-moses.pl <foreign> <english> <decoder-executable> <decoder-config>
# For other options see below or run 'mert-moses.pl --help'
#
# NB: This is a variant of of mert-moses.pl for use with the interpolated scorer
# (MergeScorer) described in the following paper:
#
# "Optimising Multiple Metrics with MERT" by Christophe Servan and Holger Schwenk,
# Prague Bulletin of Mathematical Linguistics 96 (2011) p109-117
# http://www-lium.univ-lemans.fr/~servan/publications/Servan_PBML_2011.pdf
#
# If you are not using MergeScorer, then you should use the mert-moses.pl script instead
#
# Notes:
# <foreign> and <english> should be raw text files, one sentence per line
# <english> can be a prefix, in which case the files are <english>0, <english>1, etc. are used

54
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/READ_ME_FIRST.txt
View File

@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
[11/09/2010]
MOSES FOR MERE MORTALS
======================
Moses for Mere Mortals (MMM) has been tested with Ubuntu 10.04 LTS and the Moses version published on August 13, 2010 and updated on August 14, 2010 (http://sourceforge.net/projects/mosesdecoder/files/mosesdecoder/2010-08-13/moses-2010-08-13.tgz/download).
***PURPOSES***:
===============
1) MOSES INSTALLATION WITH A SINGLE COMMAND
-------------------------------------------
If you aren't used to compiling Linux programs (both Moses and the packages upon which it depends), you'll love this!
2) MOSES VERY SIMPLE DEMO
-------------------------
MMM is meant to quickly allow you to get results with Moses. You can place MMM wherever you prefer on your hard disk and then call, with a single command, each of its several scripts (their version number is omitted here):
a) create (in order to compile Moses and the packages it uses with a single command);
b) make-test-files;
c) train;
d) translate;
e) score the translation(s) you got; and
f) transfer trained corpora between users or to other places of your disk.
MMM uses non-factored training, a type of training that in our experience already produces good results in a significant number of language pairs, and mainly with non-morphologically rich languages or with language pairs in which the target language is not morphologically rich. A Quick-Start-Guide should help you to quickly get the feel of it and start getting results.
It comes with a small demo corpus, too small to do justice to the quality that Moses can achieve, but sufficient for you to get a general overview of SMT and an idea of how useful Moses can be to your work, if you are strting to use it.
3) PROTOTYPE OF A REAL WORLD TRANSLATION CHAIN
----------------------------------------------
MMM enables you to use very large corpora and is being used for that purpose (translation for real translators) in our working environment. It was made having in mind that, in order to get the best results, corpora should be based on personal (ou group's) files and that many translators use translation memories. Therefore, we have coupled it with two Windows add-ins that enable you to convert your TMX files into Moses corpora and also allow you to convert the Moses translations into TMX files that translators can use with a translation memory tool.
4) WAY OF STARTING LEARNING MOSES AND MACHINE TRANSLATION
---------------------------------------------------------
MMM also comes with a very detailed Help-Tutorial (in its docs subdirectory). It therefore should ease the learning path for true beginners. The scripts code isn't particularly elegant, but most of it should be easily understandable even by beginners (if they read the Moses documentation, that is!). What's more, it does work!
MMM was designed to be very easy and immediately feasible to use and that's indeed why it was made for mere mortals and called as such.
***SOME CHARACTERISTICS***:
===========================
1) Compiles all the packages used by these scripts with a single instruction;
2) Removes control characters from the input files (these can crash a training);
3) Extracts from the corpus files 2 test files by pseudorandomly selecting non-consecutive segments that are erased from the corpus files;
4) A new training does not interfere with the files of a previous training;
5) A new training reuses as much as possible the files created in previous trainings (thus saving time);
6) Detects inversions of corpora (e.g., from en-pt to pt-en), allowing a much quicker training than that of the original language pair (also checks that the inverse training is correct);
7) Stops with an informative message if any of the phases of training (language model building, recaser training, corpus training, memory-mapping, tuning or training test) doesn't produce the expected results;
8) Can limit the duration of tuning;
9) Generates the BLEU and NIST scores of a translation or of a set of translations placed in a single directory (either for each whole document or for each segment of it);
10) Allows you to transfer your trainings to someone else's computer or to another Moses installation in the same computer;
11) All the mkcls, GIZA and MGIZA parameters can be controlled through parameters of the train script;
12) Selected parameters of the Moses scripts and the Moses decoder can be controlled with the train and translate scripts.

592
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/Windows-add-ins/Extract_TMX_Corpus-1.043/Extract_TMX_Corpus.py
View File

@ -1,592 +0,0 @@
# -*- coding: utf_8 -*-
"""This program is used to prepare corpora extracted from TMX files.
It is particularly useful for translators not very familiar
with machine translation systems that want to use Moses with a highly customised
corpus.
It extracts from a directory containing TMX files (and from all of its subdirectories)
all the segments of one or more language pairs (except empty segments and segments that are equal in both languages)
and removes all other information. It then creates 2 separate monolingual files per language pair,
both of which have strictly parallel (aligned) segments. This kind of corpus can easily be transformed
in other formats, if need be.
The program requires that Pythoncard and wxPython (as well as Python) be previously installed.
Copyright 2009, João Luís A. C. Rosas
Distributed under GNU GPL v3 licence (see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/)
E-mail: joao.luis.rosas@gmail.com """
__version__ = "$Revision: 1.042$"
__date__ = "$Date: 2010/03/25$"
__author__="$João Luís A. C. Rosas$"
#Special thanks to Gary Daine for a helpful suggestion about a regex expression and for suggestions for this program to cover even more translation memories
from PythonCard import clipboard, dialog, graphic, model
from PythonCard.components import button, combobox,statictext,checkbox,staticbox
import wx
import os, re
import string
import sys
from time import strftime
import codecs
class Extract_TMX_Corpus(model.Background):
def on_initialize(self, event):
"""Initialize values
@self.inputdir: directory whose files will be treated
@self.outputfile: base name of the resulting corpora files
@self.outputpath: root directory of the resulting corpora files
@currdir: program's current working directory
@self.languages: list of languages whose segments can be processed
@self.startinglanguage: something like 'EN-GB'
@self.destinationlanguage: something like 'FR-FR'
@self.components.cbStartingLanguage.items: list of values of the Starting Language combobox of the program's window
@self.components.cbDestinationLanguage.items: list of values of the Destination Language combobox of the program's window
@self.numtus: number of translation units extracted so far
@self.presentfile: TMX file being currently processed
@self.errortypes: variable that stocks the types of errors detected in the TMX file that is being processed
@self.wroteactions: variable that indicates whether the actions files has already been written to
"""
self.inputdir=''
self.outputfile=''
self.outputpath=''
#Get directory where program file is and ...
currdir=os.getcwd()
#... load the file ("LanguageCodes.txt") with the list of languages that the program can process
try:
self.languages=open(currdir+r'\LanguageCodes.txt','r+').readlines()
except:
# If the languages file doesn't exist in the program directory, alert user that it is essential for the good working of the program and exit
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'The file "LanguageCodes.txt" is missing. The program will now close.', 'Essential file missing')
sys.exit()
#remove end of line marker from each line in "LanguageCodes.txt"
for lang in range(len(self.languages)):
self.languages[lang]=self.languages[lang].rstrip()
self.startinglanguage=''
self.destinationlanguage=''
#Insert list of language names in appropriate program window's combo boxes
self.components.cbStartingLanguage.items=self.languages
self.components.cbDestinationLanguage.items=self.languages
self.tottus=0
self.numtus=0
self.numequaltus=0
self.presentfile=''
self.errortypes=''
self.wroteactions=False
self.errors=''
def extract_language_segments_tmx(self,text):
"""Extracts TMX language segments from TMX files
@text: the text of the TMX file
@pattern: compiled regular expression object, which can be used for matching
@tus: list that collects the translation units of the text
@segs: list that collects the segment units of the relevant pair of languages
@numtus: number of translation units extracted
@present_tu: variable that stocks the translation unit relevant segments (of the chosen language pair) that are being processed
@self.errortypes: variable that stocks the types of errors detected in the TMX file that is being processed
"""
#print 'extract_language_segments: start at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
result=('','')
try:
if text:
# Convert character entities to "normal" characters
pattern=re.compile('&gt;',re.U)
text=re.sub(pattern,'>',text)
pattern=re.compile('&lt;',re.U)
text=re.sub(pattern,'<',text)
pattern=re.compile('&amp;',re.U)
text=re.sub(pattern,'&',text)
pattern=re.compile('&quot;',re.U)
text=re.sub(pattern,'"',text)
pattern=re.compile('&apos;',re.U)
text=re.sub(pattern,"'",text)
# Extract translation units
pattern=re.compile('(?s)<tu.*?>(.*?)</tu>')
tus=re.findall(pattern,text)
ling1=''
ling2=''
#Extract relevant segments and store them in the @text variable
if tus:
for tu in tus:
pattern=re.compile('(?s)<tuv.*?lang="'+self.startinglanguage+'">.*?<seg>(.*?)</seg>.*?<tuv.*?lang="'+self.destinationlanguage+'">.*?<seg>(.*?)</seg>')
present_tu=re.findall(pattern,tu)
self.tottus+=1
#reject empty segments
if present_tu: # and not present_tu[0][0].startswith("<")
present_tu1=present_tu[0][0].strip()
present_tu2=present_tu[0][1].strip()
present_tu1 = re.sub('<bpt.*</bpt>', '', present_tu1)
present_tu2 = re.sub('<bpt.*</bpt>', '', present_tu2)
present_tu1 = re.sub(r'<ept.*</ept>', '', present_tu1)
present_tu2 = re.sub(r'<ept.*</ept>', '', present_tu2)
present_tu1 = re.sub(r'<ut.*</ut>', '', present_tu1)
present_tu2 = re.sub(r'<ut.*</ut>', '', present_tu2)
present_tu1 = re.sub(r'<ph.*</ph>', '', present_tu1)
present_tu2 = re.sub(r'<ph.*</ph>', '', present_tu2)
#Thanks to Gary Daine
present_tu1 = re.sub('^[0-9\.() \t\-_]*$', '', present_tu1)
#Thanks to Gary Daine
present_tu2 = re.sub('^[0-9\.() \t\-_]*$', '', present_tu2)
if present_tu1 != present_tu2:
x=len(present_tu1)
y=len(present_tu2)
if (x <= y*3) and (y <= x*3):
ling1=ling1+present_tu1+'\n'
ling2=ling2+present_tu2+'\n'
self.numtus+=1
else:
self.numequaltus+=1
pattern=re.compile('(?s)<tuv.*?lang="'+self.destinationlanguage+'">.*?<seg>(.*?)</seg>.*?<tuv.*?lang="'+self.startinglanguage+'">.*?<seg>(.*?)</seg>')
present_tu=re.findall(pattern,tu)
#print present_tu
if present_tu:
present_tu1=present_tu[0][1].strip()
present_tu2=present_tu[0][0].strip()
present_tu1 = re.sub('<bpt.*</bpt>', '', present_tu1)
present_tu2 = re.sub('<bpt.*</bpt>', '', present_tu2)
present_tu1 = re.sub(r'<ept.*</ept>', '', present_tu1)
present_tu2 = re.sub(r'<ept.*</ept>', '', present_tu2)
present_tu1 = re.sub(r'<ut.*</ut>', '', present_tu1)
present_tu2 = re.sub(r'<ut.*</ut>', '', present_tu2)
present_tu1 = re.sub(r'<ph.*</ph>', '', present_tu1)
present_tu2 = re.sub(r'<ph.*</ph>', '', present_tu2)
#Thanks to Gary Daine
present_tu1 = re.sub('^[0-9\.() \t\-_]*$', '', present_tu1)
#Thanks to Gary Daine
present_tu2 = re.sub('^[0-9\.() \t\-_]*$', '', present_tu2)
if present_tu1 != present_tu2:
x=len(present_tu1)
y=len(present_tu2)
if (x <= y*3) and (y <= x*3):
ling1=ling1+present_tu1+'\n'
ling2=ling2+present_tu2+'\n'
self.numtus+=1
else:
self.numequaltus+=1
result=(ling1,ling2)
except:
self.errortypes=self.errortypes+' - Extract Language Segments error\n'
return result
def locate(self,pattern, basedir):
"""Locate all files matching supplied filename pattern in and below
supplied root directory.
@pattern: something like '*.tmx'
@basedir:whole directory to be treated
"""
import fnmatch
for path, dirs, files in os.walk(os.path.abspath(basedir)):
for filename in fnmatch.filter(files, pattern):
yield os.path.join(path, filename)
def getallsegments(self):
"""Get all language segments from the TMX files in the specified
directory
@self.startinglanguage: something like 'EN-GB'
@self.destinationlanguage: something like 'FR-FR'
@fileslist: list of files that should be processed
@self.inputdir: directory whose files will be treated
@startfile:output file containing all segments in the @startinglanguage; file
will be created in @self.inputdir
@destfile:output file containing all segments in the @destinationlanguage; file
will be created in @self.inputdir
@actions:output file indicating the names of all files that were processed without errors; file
will be created in @self.inputdir
@self.errortypes: variable that stocks the types of errors detected in the TMX file that is being processed
@self.presentfile: TMX file being currently processed
@preptext: parsed XML text with all tags extracted and in string format
@tus: list that receives the extracted TMX language translation units just with segments of the relevant language pair
@num: loop control variable between 0 and length of @tus - 1
@self.numtus: number of translation units extracted so far
"""
self.statusBar.text='Processing '+ self.inputdir
try:
# Get a list of all TMX files that need to be processed
fileslist=self.locate('*.tmx',self.inputdir)
# Open output files for writing
startfile=open(self.outputpath+'\\'+self.startinglanguage+ ' ('+self.destinationlanguage+')_' +self.outputfile,'w+b')
destfile=open(self.outputpath+'\\'+self.destinationlanguage+' ('+self.startinglanguage+')_'+self.outputfile,'w+b')
actions=open(self.outputpath+'\\_processing_info\\'+self.startinglanguage+ '-'+self.destinationlanguage+'_'+'actions_'+self.outputfile+'.txt','w+')
except:
# if any error up to now, add the name of the TMX file to the output file @errors
self.errortypes=self.errortypes+' - Get All Segments: creation of output files error\n'
if fileslist:
# For each relevant TMX file ...
for self.presentfile in fileslist:
self.errortypes=''
try:
print self.presentfile
fileObj = codecs.open(self.presentfile, "rb", "utf-16","replace",0 )
pos=0
while True:
# read a new chunk of text...
preptext = fileObj.read(692141)
if not preptext:
break
last5=''
y=''
#... and make it end at the end of a translation unit
while True:
y=fileObj.read(1)
if not y:
break
last5=last5+y
if '</tu>' in last5:
break
preptext=preptext+last5
# ... and extract its relevant segments ...
if not self.errortypes:
segs1,segs2=self.extract_language_segments_tmx(preptext)
preptext=''
#... and write those segments to the output files
if segs1 and segs2:
try:
startfile.write('%s' % (segs1.encode('utf-8','strict')))
destfile.write('%s' % (segs2.encode('utf-8','strict')))
except:
self.errortypes=self.errortypes+' - Get All Segments: writing of output files error\n'
print 'erro'
#if no errors up to now, insert the name of the TMX file in the @actions output file
#encoding is necessary because @actions may be in a directory whose name has special diacritic characters
if self.errortypes=='':
try:
actions.write(self.presentfile.encode('utf_8','replace')+'\n')
self.wroteactions=True
except:
self.errortypes=self.errortypes+' - Get All Segments: writing of actions file error\n'
fileObj.close()
except:
self.errortypes=self.errortypes+' - Error reading input file\n'
try:
if self.wroteactions:
actions.write('\n*************************************************\n\n')
actions.write('Total number of translation units: '+str(self.tottus)+'\n')
actions.write('Number of extracted translation units (source segment not equal to destination segment): '+str(self.numtus)+'\n')
actions.write('Number of removed translation units (source segment equal to destination segment): '+str(self.numequaltus)+'\n')
actions.write('Number of empty translation units (source segment and/or destination segment not present): '+str(self.tottus-self.numequaltus-self.numtus))
except:
self.errortypes=self.errortypes+' - Get All Segments: writing of actions file error\n'
# Close output files
actions.close()
destfile.close()
startfile.close()
def SelectDirectory(self):
"""Select the directory where the TMX files to be processed are
@result: object returned by the dialog window with attributes accepted (true if user clicked OK button, false otherwise) and
path (list of strings containing the full pathnames to all files selected by the user)
@self.inputdir: directory where TMX files to be processed are (and where output files will be written)
@self.statusBar.text: text displayed in the program window status bar"""
result= dialog.directoryDialog(self, 'Choose a directory', 'a')
if result.accepted:
self.inputdir=result.path
self.statusBar.text=self.inputdir+' selected.'
def on_menuFileSelectDirectory_select(self, event):
self.SelectDirectory()
def on_btnSelectDirectory_mouseClick(self, event):
self.SelectDirectory()
def GetOutputFileBaseName(self):
"""Get base name of the corpus files
@expr: variable containing the base name of the output files
@wildcard: list of wildcards used in the dialog window to filter types of files
@result: object returned by the Open File dialog window with attributes accepted (true if user clicked OK button, false otherwise) and
path (list of strings containing the full pathnames to all files selected by the user)
@self.inputdir: directory where TMX files to be processed are (and where output files will be written)
@location: variable containing the full path to the base name output file
@self.outputpath: base directory of output files
@self.outputfile: base name of the output files
"""
# Default base name of the corpora files that will be produced. If you choose as base name "Corpus.txt", as starting language "EN-GB" and as destination
# language "FR-FR" the corpora files will be named "Corpus_EN-GB.txt" and "Corpus_FR-FR.txt"
expr='Corpus'
#open a dialog that lets you choose the base name of the corpora files that will be produced.
wildcard = "Text files (*.txt;*.TXT)|*.txt;*.TXT"
result = dialog.openFileDialog(None, "Name of corpus file", self.inputdir,expr,wildcard=wildcard)
if result.accepted:
location=os.path.split(result.paths[0])
self.outputpath=location[0]
self.outputfile = location[1]
if not os.path.exists(self.outputpath+'\\_processing_info'):
try:
os.mkdir(self.outputpath+'\\_processing_info')
except:
result1 = dialog.alertDialog(self, "The program can't create the directory " + self.outputpath+r'\_processing_info, which is necessary for ' + \
'the creation of the output files. The program will now close.','Error')
sys.exit()
def on_menuGetOutputFileBaseName_select(self, event):
self.GetOutputFileBaseName()
def on_btnGetOutputFileBaseName_mouseClick(self, event):
self.GetOutputFileBaseName()
def ExtractCorpus(self):
"""Get the directory where TMX files to be processed are, get the choice of the pair of languages that will be treated and launch the extraction
of the corpus
@self.errortypes: variable that stocks the types of errors detected in the TMX file that is being processed
@self.presentfile: TMX file being currently processed
@self.numtus: number of translation units extracted so far
@self.startinglanguage: something like 'EN-GB'
@self.destinationlanguage: something like 'FR-FR'
@self.inputdir: directory whose files will be treated
@self.components.cbStartingLanguage.items: list of values of the Starting Language combobox of the program's window
@self.components.cbDestinationLanguage.items: list of values of the Destination Language combobox of the program's window
@self.outputfile: base name of the resulting corpora files
@self.errors:output file indicating the types of error that occurred in each processed TMX file
@self.numtus: number of translation units extracted so far
"""
print 'Extract corpus: started at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
self.errortypes=''
self.presentfile=''
self.numtus=0
#get the startinglanguage name (e.g.: "EN-GB") from the program window
self.startinglanguage=self.components.cbStartingLanguage.text
#get the destinationlanguage name from the program window
self.destinationlanguage=self.components.cbDestinationLanguage.text
#if the directory where TMX files (@inputdir) or the pair of languages were not previously chosen, open a dialog box explaining
#the conditions that have to be met so that the extraction can be made and do nothing...
if (self.inputdir=='') or (self.components.cbStartingLanguage.text=='') or (self.components.cbDestinationLanguage.text=='') or (self.outputfile=='') \
or (self.components.cbStartingLanguage.text==self.components.cbDestinationLanguage.text):
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'In order to extract a corpus, you need to:\n\n 1) indicate the directory where the TMX files are,\n 2)' \
+' the starting language,\n 3) the destination language (the 2 languages must be different), and\n 4) the base name of the output files.', 'Error')
#...else, go ahead
else:
try:
self.errors=open(self.outputpath+'\\_processing_info\\'+self.startinglanguage+ '-'+self.destinationlanguage+'_'+'errors_'+self.outputfile+'.txt','w+')
except:
pass
self.statusBar.text='Please wait. This can be a long process ...'
#Launch the segment extraction
self.numtus=0
self.getallsegments()
# if any error up to now, add the name of the TMX file to the output file @errors
if self.errortypes:
try:
self.errors.write(self.presentfile.encode('utf_8','replace')+':\n'+self.errortypes)
except:
pass
try:
self.errors.close()
except:
pass
self.statusBar.text='Processing finished.'
#Open dialog box telling that processing is finished and where can the resulting files be found
self.inputdir=''
self.outputfile=''
self.outputpath=''
print 'Extract corpus: finished at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'Processing done. Results found in:\n\n1) '+ \
self.outputpath+'\\'+self.startinglanguage+ ' ('+self.destinationlanguage+')_' +self.outputfile+ ' (starting language corpus)\n2) '+ \
self.outputpath+'\\'+self.destinationlanguage+' ('+self.startinglanguage+')_'+self.outputfile+ \
' (destination language corpus)\n3) '+self.outputpath+'\\_processing_info\\'+self.startinglanguage+ '-'+self.destinationlanguage+'_'+ \
'errors_'+self.outputfile+'.txt'+ ' (list of files that caused errors)\n4) '+self.outputpath+'\\_processing_info\\'+self.startinglanguage+ \
'-'+self.destinationlanguage+'_'+'actions_'+self.outputfile+'.txt'+ ' (list of files where processing was successful)', 'Processing Done')
def on_menuFileExtractCorpus_select(self, event):
self.ExtractCorpus()
def on_btnExtractCorpus_mouseClick(self, event):
self.ExtractCorpus()
def ExtractAllCorpora(self):
"""Extracts all the LanguagePairs that can be composed with the languages indicated in the file "LanguageCodes.txt"
@self.presentfile: TMX file being currently processed
@self.numtus: number of translation units extracted so far
@numcorpora: number of language pair being processed
@self.inputdir: directory whose files will be treated
@self.outputfile: base name of the resulting corpora files
@self.errors:output file indicating the types of error that occurred in each processed TMX file
@self.startinglanguage: something like 'EN-GB'
@self.destinationlanguage: something like 'FR-FR'
@lang1: code of the starting language
@lang2: code of the destination language
@self.errortypes: variable that stocks the types of errors detected in the TMX file that is being processed
@self.wroteactions: variable that indicates whether the actions files has already been written to
"""
print 'Extract All Corpora: started at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
self.presentfile=''
self.numtus=0
numcorpora=0
#if the directory where TMX files (@inputdir) or the base name of the output files were not previously chosen, open a dialog box explaining
#the conditions that have to be met so that the extraction can be made and do nothing...
if (self.inputdir=='') or (self.outputfile==''):
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'In order to extract all corpora, you need to:\n\n 1) indicate the directory where the TMX files are, and\n ' \
+ '2) the base name of the output files.', 'Error')
#...else, go ahead
else:
try:
for lang1 in self.languages:
for lang2 in self.languages:
if lang2 > lang1:
print lang1+'/'+lang2+' corpus being created...'
numcorpora=numcorpora+1
self.errortypes=''
self.numtus=0
self.wroteactions=False
#get the startinglanguage name (e.g.: "EN-GB") from the program window
self.startinglanguage=lang1
#get the destinationlanguage name from the program window
self.destinationlanguage=lang2
try:
self.errors=open(self.outputpath+'\\_processing_info\\'+self.startinglanguage+ '-'+self.destinationlanguage+'_'+'errors.txt','w+')
except:
pass
self.statusBar.text='Language pair '+str(numcorpora)+' being processed. Please wait.'
#Launch the segment extraction
self.getallsegments()
# if any error up to now, add the name of the TMX file to the output file @errors
if self.errortypes:
try:
self.errors.write(self.presentfile.encode('utf_8','replace')+':\n'+self.errortypes.encode('utf_8','replace'))
except:
pass
try:
self.errors.close()
except:
pass
self.statusBar.text='Processing finished.'
except:
self.errortypes=self.errortypes+' - Extract All Corpora error\n'
self.errors.write(self.presentfile.encode('utf_8','replace')+':\n'+self.errortypes.encode('utf_8','replace'))
self.errors.close()
#Open dialog box telling that processing is finished and where can the resulting files be found
self.inputdir=''
self.outputfile=''
self.outputpath=''
print 'Extract All Corpora: finished at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'Results found in: '+ self.outputpath+'.', 'Processing done')
def on_menuFileExtractAllCorpora_select(self, event):
self.ExtractAllCorpora()
def on_btnExtractAllCorpora_mouseClick(self, event):
self.ExtractAllCorpora()
def ExtractSomeCorpora(self):
"""Extracts the segments of the LanguagePairs indicated in the file "LanguagePairs.txt" located in the program's root directory
@self.presentfile: TMX file being currently processed
@self.numtus: number of translation units extracted so far
@currdir: current working directory of the program
@pairsoflanguages: list of the pairs of language that are going to be processed
@self.languages: list of languages whose segments can be processed
@numcorpora: number of language pair being processed
@self.inputdir: directory whose files will be treated
@self.outputfile: base name of the resulting corpora files
@self.errors:output file indicating the types of error that occurred in each processed TMX file
@self.startinglanguage: something like 'EN-GB'
@self.destinationlanguage: something like 'FR-FR'
@lang1: code of the starting language
@lang2: code of the destination language
@self.errortypes: variable that stocks the types of errors detected in the TMX file that is being processed
@self.wroteactions: variable that indicates whether the actions files has already been written to
"""
print 'Extract Some Corpora: started at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
self.presentfile=''
self.numtus=0
currdir=os.getcwd()
#... load the file ("LanguageCodes.txt") with the list of languages that the program can process
try:
pairsoflanguages=open(currdir+r'\LanguagePairs.txt','r+').readlines()
except:
# If the languages file doesn't exist in the program directory, alert user that it is essential for the good working of the program and exit
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'The file "LanguagePairs.txt" is missing. The program will now close.', 'Essential file missing')
sys.exit()
#remove end of line marker from each line in "LanguageCodes.txt"
if pairsoflanguages:
for item in range(len(pairsoflanguages)):
pairsoflanguages[item]=pairsoflanguages[item].strip()
pos=pairsoflanguages[item].find("/")
pairsoflanguages[item]=(pairsoflanguages[item][:pos],pairsoflanguages[item][pos+1:])
else:
# If the languages file is empty, alert user that it is essential for the good working of the program and exit
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'The file "LanguagePairs.txt" is an essential file and is empty. The program will now close.', 'Empty file')
sys.exit()
#if the directory where TMX files (@inputdir) or the base name of the output files were not previously chosen, open a dialog box explaining
#the conditions that have to be met so that the extraction can be made and do nothing...
if (self.inputdir=='') or (self.outputfile==''):
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'In order to extract all corpora, you need to:\n\n 1) indicate the directory where the TMX files are, and\n ' \
+ '2) the base name of the output files.', 'Error')
#...else, go ahead
else:
numcorpora=0
for (lang1,lang2) in pairsoflanguages:
if lang1<>lang2:
print lang1+'/'+lang2+' corpus being created...'
self.errortypes=''
numcorpora=numcorpora+1
#get the startinglanguage code (e.g.: "EN-GB")
self.startinglanguage=lang1
#get the destinationlanguage code
self.destinationlanguage=lang2
try:
self.errors=open(self.outputpath+'\\_processing_info\\'+self.startinglanguage+ '-'+self.destinationlanguage+'_'+'errors.txt','w+')
except:
pass
self.statusBar.text='Language pair '+str(numcorpora)+' being processed. Please wait.'
#Launch the segment extraction
self.numtus=0
self.wroteactions=False
self.getallsegments()
# if any error up to now, add the name of the TMX file to the output file @errors
if self.errortypes:
try:
self.errors.write(self.presentfile.encode('utf_8','replace')+':\n'+self.errortypes.encode('utf_8','replace'))
except:
pass
try:
self.errors.close()
except:
pass
else:
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'A bilingual corpus involves two different languages. The pair "'+lang1+'/'+lang2 + \
'" will not be processed.', 'Alert')
self.statusBar.text='Processing finished.'
#Open dialog box telling that processing is finished and where can the resulting files be found
self.inputdir=''
self.outputfile=''
self.outputpath=''
print 'Extract Some Corpora: finished at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'Results found in: '+ self.outputpath+'.', 'Processing done')
def on_menuFileExtractSomeCorpora_select(self, event):
self.ExtractSomeCorpora()
def on_btnExtractSomeCorpora_mouseClick(self, event):
self.ExtractSomeCorpora()
def on_menuHelpHelp_select(self, event):
try:
f = open('_READ_ME_FIRST.txt', "r")
msg = f.read()
result = dialog.scrolledMessageDialog(self, msg, 'readme.txt')
except:
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'Help file missing', 'Problem with the Help file')
if __name__ == '__main__':
app = model.Application(Extract_TMX_Corpus)
app.MainLoop()

141
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/Windows-add-ins/Extract_TMX_Corpus-1.043/Extract_TMX_Corpus.rsrc.py
View File

@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
{'application':{'type':'Application',
'name':'Extract_TMX_Corpus',
'backgrounds': [
{'type':'Background',
'name':'bgExtract_TMX_Corpus',
'title':u'Extract_TMX_Corpus',
'size':(275, 410),
'statusBar':1,
'menubar': {'type':'MenuBar',
'menus': [
{'type':'Menu',
'name':'menuFile',
'label':'&File',
'items': [
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuFileSelectDirectory',
'label':u'Select &input/output directory...\tCtrl+I',
'command':'SelectListOfDirectories',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuGetOutputFileBaseName',
'label':u'Get &output file base name...\tCtrl+O',
'command':'GetOutputFileBaseName',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'fileSep1',
'label':'-',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuFileExtractCorpus',
'label':u'&Extract corpus\tCtrl+E',
'command':'ExtractCorpus',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuFileExtractSomeCorpora',
'label':u'Extract &some corpora\tCtrl+S',
'command':'ExtractSomeCorpora',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuFileExtractAllCorpora',
'label':u'Extract &all corpora\tCtrl+A',
'command':'ExtractAllCorpora',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'fileSep2',
'label':u'-',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuFileExit',
'label':'E&xit\tAlt+X',
'command':'Doexit',
},
]
},
{'type':'Menu',
'name':'menuHelp',
'label':u'&Help',
'items': [
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuHelpHelp',
'label':u'&Help...\tCtrl+H',
},
]
},
]
},
'components': [
{'type':'Button',
'name':'btnExtractSomeCorpora',
'position':(18, 267),
'size':(225, 25),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'label':u'Extract some corpora',
},
{'type':'Button',
'name':'btnExtractAllCorpora',
'position':(18, 233),
'size':(225, 25),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'label':u'Extract all corpora',
},
{'type':'StaticText',
'name':'StaticText3',
'position':(18, 107),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'text':u'Destination Language:',
},
{'type':'ComboBox',
'name':'cbDestinationLanguage',
'position':(18, 129),
'size':(225, -1),
'items':[],
},
{'type':'Button',
'name':'btnSelectDirectory',
'position':(18, 19),
'size':(225, 25),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'label':u'Select input / output directory...',
},
{'type':'ComboBox',
'name':'cbStartingLanguage',
'position':(18, 74),
'size':(225, -1),
'items':[u'DE-PT', u'EN-PT', u'ES-PT', u'FR-PT'],
},
{'type':'Button',
'name':'btnGetOutputFileBaseName',
'position':(18, 166),
'size':(225, 25),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'label':u'Select base name of output file...',
},
{'type':'Button',
'name':'btnExtractCorpus',
'position':(18, 200),
'size':(225, 25),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'label':u'Extract one corpus',
},
{'type':'StaticText',
'name':'StaticText1',
'position':(18, 53),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'text':u'Starting Language:',
},
] # end components
} # end background
] # end backgrounds
} }

22
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/Windows-add-ins/Extract_TMX_Corpus-1.043/LanguageCodes.txt
View File

@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
BG-01
CS-01
DA-01
DE-DE
EL-01
EN-GB
ES-ES
ET-01
FI-01
FR-FR
HU-01
IT-IT
LT-01
LV-01
MT-01
NL-NL
PL-01
PT-PT
RO-RO
SK-01
SL-01
SV-SE

3
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/Windows-add-ins/Extract_TMX_Corpus-1.043/LanguagePairs.txt
View File

@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
BG-01/CS-01
FR-FR/PT-PT
EN-GB/LT-01

119
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/Windows-add-ins/Extract_TMX_Corpus-1.043/_READ_ME_FIRST.txt
View File

@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
Summary:
PURPOSE
PERFORMANCE
REQUIREMENTS
INSTALLATION
HOW TO USE
GETTING THE RESULTS
THANKS
LICENSE
****************************************************************************
PURPOSE:
****************************************************************************
Extract_Tmx_Corpus_1.043 is a Windows program (Windows 7, Vista and XP supported) that enables translators not necessarily with a deep knowledge of linguistic tools to create highly customised corpora that can be used with the Moses machine translation system and with other systems. Some users call it "et cetera", playing a bit with its initials (ETC) and meaning that it can treat a never-ending number of files.
In order to create corpora that are most useful to train machine translation systems, one should strive to include segments that are relevant for the task in hand. One of the ways of finding such segments could involve the usage of previous translation memory files (TMX files). This way the corpora could be customised for the person or for the type of task in question. The present program uses such files as input.
The program can create strictly aligned corpora for a single pair of languages, several pairs of languages or all the pairs of languages contained in the TMX files.
The program creates 2 separate files (UTF-8 format; Unix line endings) for each language pair that it processes: one for the starting language and another for the destination language. The lines of a given TMX translation unit are placed in strictly the same line in both files. The program suppresses empty TMX translation units, as well as those where the text for the first language is the same as that of the second language (like translation units consisting solely of numbers, or those in which the first language segment has not been translated into the second language). If you are interested in another format of corpus, it should be relatively easy to adapt this format to the format you are interested in.
The program also informs about errors that might occur during processing and creates a file that lists the name(s) of the TMX files that caused them, as well as a separate one listing the files successfully treated and the number of segments extracted for the language pair.
****************************************************************************
PERFORMANCE:
****************************************************************************
The program can process very large numbers of TMX files (tens of thousands or more). It can also process extremely big TMX files (500 MB or more; it successfully processed a 2,3 GB file). The extraction of the corpus of a pair of languages in a very large (6,15 GB) set of TMX files took approximately 45 minutes in a Intel Core 2 Solo U3500 computer @ 1.4 GHz with 4 GB RAM.
The starting language and the destination language segments can be in any order in the TMX files (e.g., the starting language segment may be found either before or after the destination language segment in one, several or all translation units of the TMX file).
The program accepts and preserves text in any language (including special diacritical characters), but has only been tested with European Union official languages.
****************************************************************************
REQUIREMENTS:
****************************************************************************
These requirements only apply if you want to use the program from source. If you have downloaded the Windows executable you do not have to do anything.
The program requires the following to be pre-installed in your computer:
1) Python 2.5 (http://www.python.org/download/releases/2.5.4/);
NOTE1: the program should work with Python 2.6, but has not been tested with it.
NOTE2: if you use Windows Vista, launch the following installation programs by right-clicking their file in Windows Explorer and choosing the command "Execute as administrator" in the contextual menu.
2) wxPython 2.8, Unicode version (http://www.wxpython.org/download.php);
3) Pythoncard 0.8.2 (http://sourceforge.net/projects/pythoncard/files/PythonCard/0.8.2/PythonCard-0.8.2.win32.exe/download)
****************************************************************************
INSTALLATION:
****************************************************************************
1) Download the Extract_TMX_Corpus_1.043.exe file.
2) Double-click it and follow the wizard instructions.
***IMPORTANT***: Never erase the file "LanguageCodes.txt" in that directory. It is necessary for telling the program the languages that it has to process. If your TMX files use language codes that are different from those contained in this file, please replace the codes contained in the file with the codes used in your TMX files. You can always add or delete new codes to this file (when the program is not running).
****************************************************************************
HOW TO USE:
****************************************************************************
1) Create a directory where you will copy the TMX files that you want to process.
2) Copy the TMX files to that directory.
Note: If you do not have such files, try the following site: http://langtech.jrc.it/DGT-TM.html#Download. It contains the European Union DGT's Translation Memory, containing legislative documents of the European Union. For more details, see http://wt.jrc.it/lt/Acquis/DGT_TU_1.0/data/. These files are compressed in zip format and need to be unzipped before they can be used.
3) Launch the program.
4) Operate on the main window of the program in the direction from top to bottom:
a) Click the "Select input/output directory" button to tell the root directory where the TMX files are (this directory can have subdirectories, all of which will also be processed), as well as where the output files produced by the program will be placed;
NOTE: Please take note of this directory because the result files will also be placed there.
b) In case you want to extract a ***single*** pair of languages, choose them in the "Starting Language" and "Destination Language" comboboxes. Do nothing if you want to extract more than one pair of languages.
c) Click the "Select base name of output file" button and choose a base name for the output files (default: "Corpus.txt").
Note: This base name is used to compose the names of the output files, which will also include the names of the starting and destination languages. If you accept the default "Corpus.txt" and choose "EN-GB" as starting language and "PT-PT" as destination language, for that corpus pair the respective corpora files will be named, respectively, "EN-GB (PT-PT)_Corpus.txt" and "PT-PT (EN-GB)_Corpus.txt".
***TIP***: The base name is useful for getting different names for different corpora of the same language.
d) Click one (***just one***) of the following buttons:
- "Extract one corpus": this creates a single pair of strictly aligned corpora in the languages chosen in the "Starting Language" and "Destination Language" comboboxes;
-"Extract all corpora": this extracts all the combination pairs of languages for all the languages available in the "Starting Language" and "Destination language" comboboxes; if a language pair does not have segments of both languages in all of the translation units of all the TMX files, the result will be two empty corpora files for that language pair. If, however, there is just a single relevant translation unit, the corpus won’t be empty.
-"Extract some corpora": this extracts the pairs of languages listed in the file "LanguagePairs.txt". Each line of this file has the following structure:
{Starting Language}/{Destination Language}.
Here is an example of a file with 2 lines:
EN-GB/PT-PT
FR-FR/PT-PT
This will create corpora for 4 pairs of languages: EN-PT, PT-EN and FR-PT and PT-FR. A sample "LanguagePairs.txt" comes with the program to serve as an example. Customise it to your needs respecting the syntax described above.
NOTE: Never erase the "LanguagePairs.txt" file and always make sure that each pair of languages that you choose does exist in your TMX files. Otherwise, you won't get any results.
The “Extract some corpora” and “Extract all corpora” functions are particularly useful if you want to prepare corpora for several or many language pairs. If your TMX files have translation units in all of the languages you are interested in, put them in a single directory (it can have subdirectories) and use those functions!
****************************************************************************
GETTING THE RESULTS:
****************************************************************************
The results are the aligned corpora files, as well as other files indicating how well the processing was done.
When the processing is finished, you will find the corpora files in the directory you have chosen when you selected "Select input/output directory". In the "_processing_info" subdirectory of that directory you will find one or more *errors.txt file(s), listing the name of the TMX files that caused an error, and *actions.txt file(s), listing the files that were successfully processed as well as the number of translation units extracted.
If you ask for the extraction of several corpora at once, you'll get lots of corpora files. If you feel somewhat confused by that abundance, please note 2 things:
a) If you sort the files by order of modified date, you'll reconstitute the chronological order in which the corpora were made (corpora are always made in pairs one after the other);
b) The name of the corpora file has the following structure:
{Language of the segments} ({Language with which they are aligned})_{Base name of the corpus}.txt
Ex: the file "BG-01 (MT-01)_Corpus.txt" has segments in the BG-01 (Bulgarian) language that also have a translation in the MT-01 (Maltese) language and corresponds to the corpus whose base name is "Corpus.txt". There should be an equivalent "MT-01 (BG-01)_Corpus.txt", this time with all the Maltese segments that have a translation in Bulgarian. Together, these 2 files constitute an aligned corpus ready to be fed to Moses.
You can now feed Moses your customised corpora :-)
****************************************************************************
THANKS:
****************************************************************************
Thanks to Gary Daine, who pointed out a way to improve one of the regex expressions used in the code and suggested changes needed for it to cover more translation memories.
****************************************************************************
LICENSE:
****************************************************************************
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation (version 3 of the License).
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

674
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/Windows-add-ins/Extract_TMX_Corpus-1.043/gpl.txt
View File

@ -1,674 +0,0 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

22
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/Windows-add-ins/Moses2TMX-1.032/LanguageCodes.txt
View File

@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
BG-01
CS-01
DA-01
DE-DE
EL-01
EN-GB
ES-ES
ET-01
FI-01
FR-FR
HU-01
IT-IT
LT-01
LV-01
MT-01
NL-NL
PL-01
PT-PT
RO-RO
SK-01
SL-01
SV-SE

166
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/Windows-add-ins/Moses2TMX-1.032/Moses2TMX.py
View File

@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
# -*- coding: utf_8 -*-
"""This program is used to prepare TMX files from corpora composed of 2 files for each language pair,
where the position of a segment in the first language file is exactly the same as in the second
language file.
The program requires that Pythoncard and wxPython (as well as Python) be previously installed.
Copyright 2009, 2010 João Luís A. C. Rosas
Distributed under GNU GPL v3 licence (see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/)
E-mail: joao.luis.rosas@gmail.com """
__version__ = "$Revision: 1.032$"
__date__ = "$Date: 2010/02/25$"
__author__="$João Luís A. C. Rosas$"
from PythonCard import clipboard, dialog, graphic, model
from PythonCard.components import button, combobox,statictext,checkbox,staticbox
import wx
import os, re
import string
import sys
from time import strftime
import codecs
import sys
class Moses2TMX(model.Background):
def on_initialize(self, event):
self.inputdir=''
#Get directory where program file is and ...
currdir=os.getcwd()
#... load the file ("LanguageCodes.txt") with the list of languages that the program can process
try:
self.languages=open(currdir+r'\LanguageCodes.txt','r+').readlines()
except:
# If the languages file doesn't exist in the program directory, alert user that it is essential for the good working of the program and exit
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'The file "LanguageCodes.txt" is missing. The program will now close.', 'Essential file missing')
sys.exit()
#remove end of line marker from each line in "LanguageCodes.txt"
for lang in range(len(self.languages)):
self.languages[lang]=self.languages[lang].rstrip()
self.lang1code=''
self.lang2code=''
#Insert list of language names in appropriate program window's combo boxes
self.components.cbStartingLanguage.items=self.languages
self.components.cbDestinationLanguage.items=self.languages
def CreateTMX(self, name):
print 'Started at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
#get the startinglanguage name (e.g.: "EN-GB") from the program window
self.lang1code=self.components.cbStartingLanguage.text
#get the destinationlanguage name from the program window
self.lang2code=self.components.cbDestinationLanguage.text
print name+'.'+self.lang2code[:2].lower()
e=codecs.open(name,'r',"utf-8","strict")
f=codecs.open(name+'.'+self.lang2code[:2].lower()+'.moses','r',"utf-8","strict")
a=codecs.open(name+'.tmp','w',"utf-8","strict")
b=codecs.open(name+'.'+self.lang2code[:2].lower()+'.moses.tmp','w',"utf-8","strict")
for line in e:
if line.strip():
a.write(line)
for line in f:
if line.strip():
b.write(line)
a=codecs.open(name+'.tmp','r',"utf-8","strict")
b=codecs.open(name+'.'+self.lang2code[:2].lower()+'.moses.tmp','r',"utf-8","strict")
g=codecs.open(name+'.tmx','w','utf-16','strict')
g.write('<?xml version="1.0" ?>\r\n<!DOCTYPE tmx SYSTEM "tmx14.dtd">\r\n<tmx version="version 1.4">\r\n\r\n<header\r\ncreationtool="moses2tmx"\r\ncreationtoolversion="1.032"\r\nsegtype="sentence"\r\ndatatype="PlainText"\r\nadminlang="EN-US"\r\nsrclang="'+self.lang1code+'"\r\n>\r\n</header>\r\n\r\n<body>\r\n')
parar=0
while True:
self.ling1segm=a.readline().strip()
self.ling2segm=b.readline().strip()
if not self.ling1segm:
break
elif not self.ling2segm:
break
else:
try:
g.write('<tu creationid="MT!">\r\n<prop type="Txt::Translator">Moses</prop>\r\n<tuv xml:lang="'+self.lang1code+'">\r\n<seg>'+self.ling1segm+'</seg>\r\n</tuv>\r\n<tuv xml:lang="'+self.lang2code+ \
'">\r\n<seg>'+self.ling2segm+'</seg>\r\n</tuv>\r\n</tu>\r\n\r\n')
except:
pass
a.close()
b.close()
e.close()
f.close()
g.write('</body>\r\n</tmx>\r\n')
g.close()
#os.remove(name)
#os.remove(name+'.'+self.lang2code[:2].lower()+'.moses')
os.remove(name+'.tmp')
os.remove(name+'.'+self.lang2code[:2].lower()+'.moses.tmp')
def createTMXs(self):
try:
# Get a list of all TMX files that need to be processed
fileslist=self.locate('*.moses',self.inputdir)
except:
# if any error up to now, add the name of the TMX file to the output file @errors
self.errortypes=self.errortypes+' - Get All Segments: creation of output files error\n'
if fileslist:
# For each relevant TMX file ...
for self.presentfile in fileslist:
filename=self.presentfile[:-9]
#print filename
self.CreateTMX(filename)
print 'Finished at '+strftime('%H-%M-%S')
result = dialog.alertDialog(self, 'Processing done.', 'Processing Done')
def on_btnCreateTMX_mouseClick(self, event):
self.createTMXs()
def on_menuFileCreateTMXFiles_select(self, event):
self.createTMXs()
def on_btnSelectLang1File_mouseClick(self, event):
self.input1=self.GetInputFileName()
def on_btnSelectLang2File_mouseClick(self, event):
self.input2=self.GetInputFileName()
def locate(self,pattern, basedir):
"""Locate all files matching supplied filename pattern in and below
supplied root directory.
@pattern: something like '*.tmx'
@basedir:whole directory to be treated
"""
import fnmatch
for path, dirs, files in os.walk(os.path.abspath(basedir)):
for filename in fnmatch.filter(files, pattern):
yield os.path.join(path, filename)
def SelectDirectory(self):
"""Select the directory where the files to be processed are
@result: object returned by the dialog window with attributes accepted (true if user clicked OK button, false otherwise) and
path (list of strings containing the full pathnames to all files selected by the user)
@self.inputdir: directory where files to be processed are (and where output files will be written)
@self.statusBar.text: text displayed in the program window status bar"""
result= dialog.directoryDialog(self, 'Choose a directory', 'a')
if result.accepted:
self.inputdir=result.path
self.statusBar.text=self.inputdir+' selected.'
def on_menuFileSelectDirectory_select(self, event):
self.SelectDirectory()
def on_btnSelectDirectory_mouseClick(self, event):
self.SelectDirectory()
def on_menuHelpShowHelp_select(self, event):
f = open('_READ_ME_FIRST.txt', "r")
msg = f.read()
result = dialog.scrolledMessageDialog(self, msg, '_READ_ME_FIRST.txt')
def on_menuFileExit_select(self, event):
sys.exit()
if __name__ == '__main__':
app = model.Application(Moses2TMX)
app.MainLoop()

95
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/Windows-add-ins/Moses2TMX-1.032/Moses2TMX.rsrc.py
View File

@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
{'application':{'type':'Application',
'name':'Moses2TMX',
'backgrounds': [
{'type':'Background',
'name':'bgMoses2TMX',
'title':u'Moses2TMX-1.032',
'size':(277, 307),
'statusBar':1,
'menubar': {'type':'MenuBar',
'menus': [
{'type':'Menu',
'name':'menuFile',
'label':u'&File',
'items': [
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuFileSelectDirectory',
'label':u'Select &Directory ...\tAlt+D',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuFileCreateTMXFiles',
'label':u'&Create TMX Files\tAlt+C',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'Sep1',
'label':u'-',
},
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuFileExit',
'label':u'&Exit\tAlt+E',
},
]
},
{'type':'Menu',
'name':'menuHelp',
'label':u'&Help',
'items': [
{'type':'MenuItem',
'name':'menuHelpShowHelp',
'label':u'&Show Help\tAlt+S',
},
]
},
]
},
'components': [
{'type':'Button',
'name':'btnSelectDirectory',
'position':(15, 15),
'size':(225, 25),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'label':u'Select Directory ...',
},
{'type':'StaticText',
'name':'StaticText3',
'position':(17, 106),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'text':u'Target Language:',
},
{'type':'ComboBox',
'name':'cbStartingLanguage',
'position':(18, 75),
'size':(70, -1),
'items':[],
},
{'type':'ComboBox',
'name':'cbDestinationLanguage',
'position':(17, 123),
'size':(70, -1),
'items':[u'DE-PT', u'EN-PT', u'ES-PT', u'FR-PT'],
},
{'type':'Button',
'name':'btnCreateTMX',
'position':(20, 160),
'size':(225, 25),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'label':u'Create TMX Files',
},
{'type':'StaticText',
'name':'StaticText1',
'position':(18, 56),
'font':{'faceName': u'Arial', 'family': 'sansSerif', 'size': 10},
'text':u'Source Language:',
},
] # end components
} # end background
] # end backgrounds
} }

82
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/Windows-add-ins/Moses2TMX-1.032/_READ_ME_FIRST.txt
View File

@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
Summary:
PURPOSE
REQUIREMENTS
INSTALLATION
HOW TO USE
LICENSE
***********************************************************************************************************
PURPOSE:
***********************************************************************************************************
Moses2TMX is a Windows program (Windows7, Vista and XP supported) that enables translators not necessarily with a deep knowledge of linguistic tools to create TMX files from a Moses corpus or from any other corpus made up of 2 separate files, one for the source language and another for the target language, whose lines are strictly aligned.
The program processes a whole directory containing source language and corresponding target language documents and creates 1 TMX file (UTF-16 format; Windows line endings) for each document pair that it processes.
The program accepts and preserves text in any language (including special diacritical characters), but has only been tested with European Union official languages.
The program is specifically intended to work with the output of a series of Linux scripts together called Moses-for-Mere-Mortals.
***********************************************************************************************************
REQUIREMENTS:
***********************************************************************************************************
The program requires the following to be pre-installed in your computer:
1) Python 2.5 (http://www.python.org/download/releases/2.5.4/);
NOTE1: the program should work with Python 2.6, but has not been tested with it.
NOTE2: if you use Windows Vista, launch the following installation programs by right-clicking their file in Windows Explorer and choosing the command "Execute as administrator" in the contextual menu.
2) wxPython 2.8, Unicode version (http://www.wxpython.org/download.php);
3) Pythoncard 0.8.2 (http://sourceforge.net/projects/pythoncard/files/PythonCard/0.8.2/PythonCard-0.8.2.win32.exe/download)
***********************************************************************************************************
INSTALLATION:
***********************************************************************************************************
1) Download the Moses2TMX.exe file in a directory of your choice.
2) Double-click Moses2TMX.exe and follow the wizard's instructions.
***IMPORTANT***: Never erase the file "LanguageCodes.txt" in that directory. It is necessary for telling the program the languages that it has to process. If your TMX files use language codes that are different from those contained in this file, please replace the codes contained in the file with the codes used in your TMX files. You can always add or delete new codes to this file (when the program is not running).
***********************************************************************************************************
HOW TO USE:
***********************************************************************************************************
1) Create a directory where you will copy the files that you want to process.
2) Copy the source and target language documents that you want to process to that directory.
NOTE -YOU HAVE TO RESPECT SOME NAMING CONVENTIONS IN ORDER TO BE ABLE TO USE THIS PROGRAM:
a) the target documents have to have follow the following convention:
{basename}.{abbreviation of target language}.moses
where {abbreviation of target language} is a ***2 character*** string containing the lowercased first 2 characters of any of the language codes present in the LanguageCodes.txt (present in the base directory of Moses2TMX)
Example: If {basename} = "200000" and the target language has a code "EN-GB" in the LanguageCodes.txt, then the name of the target file should be "200000.en.moses"
b) the source language document should have the name:
{basename}
Example: continuing the preceding example, the name of the corresponding source document should be "200000".
3) Launch the program as indicated above in the "Launching the program" section.
4) Operate on the main window of the program in the direction from top to bottom:
a) Click the "Select Directory..." button to indicate the directory containing all the source and corresponding target documents that you want to process;
b) Indicate the languages of your files refers to in the "Source Language" and "Target Language" comboboxes.
c) Click the Create TMX Files button
***********************************************************************************************************
LICENSE:
***********************************************************************************************************
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation (version 3 of the License).
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

674
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/Windows-add-ins/Moses2TMX-1.032/gpl.txt
View File

@ -1,674 +0,0 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

55
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/all.css
View File

@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
/*
all.css
Generated by redsea 14
Generated by redsea. See license and other details in http://dragoman.org/redsea
*/
body {
margin : 3.5em ;
padding-bottom : 1.6em ;
border-bottom : 4px solid #990000 ;
background-color : #fffff3 ;
background-image : none ;
color : black ;
font-family : monospace ;
font-size : 1.3em ;
text-align : justify ;
margin-top : 0.2em ;
}
h1 {
margin-top : 0.6em ;
margin-bottom : 0.1em ;
border-bottom : 4px solid #990000 ;
text-align : center ;
font-size : 2.0em ;
color : #770000 ;
}
a:link {
text-decoration : none ;
color : #0000cc ;
}
a:visited {
text-decoration : none ;
color : #0000CC ;
}
a:hover {
text-decoration : none ;
border-bottom : 2px solid #990000 ;
}
table {
margin : auto ;
width : 95% ;
}
td {
padding : 0.5em ;
}
td.feedback {
height : 4.1em ;
}
/* +++ */

BIN
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/docs/Help-Tutorial.doc
View File

Binary file not shown.

BIN
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/docs/Overview.jpeg
View File

Binary file not shown.
Side by Side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 203 KiB

BIN
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/docs/Quick-Start-Guide.doc
View File

Binary file not shown.

55
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/docs/all.css
View File

@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
/*
all.css
Generated by redsea 14
Generated by redsea. See license and other details in http://dragoman.org/redsea
*/
body {
margin : 3.5em ;
padding-bottom : 1.6em ;
border-bottom : 4px solid #990000 ;
background-color : #fffff3 ;
background-image : none ;
color : black ;
font-family : monospace ;
font-size : 1.3em ;
text-align : justify ;
margin-top : 0.2em ;
}
h1 {
margin-top : 0.6em ;
margin-bottom : 0.1em ;
border-bottom : 4px solid #990000 ;
text-align : center ;
font-size : 2.0em ;
color : #770000 ;
}
a:link {
text-decoration : none ;
color : #0000cc ;
}
a:visited {
text-decoration : none ;
color : #0000CC ;
}
a:hover {
text-decoration : none ;
border-bottom : 2px solid #990000 ;
}
table {
margin : auto ;
width : 95% ;
}
td {
padding : 0.5em ;
}
td.feedback {
height : 4.1em ;
}
/* +++ */

27
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/docs/thanks.html
View File

@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC
"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"
>
<html>
<head>
<title>Thanks</title>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="all.css" type="text/css" media="all" />
</head>
<body>
<h1>Thanks</h1>
<ul>
<li><B>Maria Jos&eacute; Machado</B>, whose suggestions and research have influenced significantly the <I>scorer-moses-irstlm-randlm</I> script. She helped in the evaluation of Moses output in general and organised, together with Hil&aacute;rio, a comparative evaluation, made by professional translators, of the qualitative results of Google, Moses and a rule-based MT engine. She suggested a deep restructuring of the Help-Tutorial file. </li>
<li><B>Hil&aacute;rio Leal Fontes</B>, who made very helpful suggestions and comprehensive tests. He is the author of the <I>breaking_prefixes.pt</I> script (for the Portuguese language). He has compiled the corpora that were used to train Moses and to test these scripts, including 2 very large corpora with 6.6 and 12 million <i>segments</i>. He has also revised the Help file.</li>
<li><B>Tom Hoar</B>, who consolidated the previous documentation into the Quick-Start-Guide.doc to help users to get up to speed very quickly.</li>
<li><B>Manuel Tomas Carrasco Benitez</B>, whose <a href="http://dragoman.org/xdossier/" >Xdossier</a> was used to create the pack of the Moses-for-Mere-Mortals files.</li>
<li><B>Gary Daine</B>, who made helpful remarks and who contributed code for Extract_TMX_Corpus.</li>
<li>Authors of the <a href="http://www.dlsi.ua.es/~mlf/fosmt-moses.html" >http://www.dlsi.ua.es/~mlf/fosmt-moses.html</a> (<b>Mikel Forcada</b> and <b>Francis Tyers</b>) and of the <a href="http://www.statmt.org/moses_steps.html" >http://www.statmt.org/moses_steps.html</a> pages. These pages have helped me a lot in the first steps with Moses.</li>
<li>Authors of the documentation of Moses, giza-pp, MGIZA, IRSTLM and RandLM; some of the commentaries of the present scripts describing the various settings include citations of them.</li>
<li>European Commission's Joint Research Center and Directorate-General for Translation for the <a href="http://wt.jrc.it/lt/Acquis/DGT_TU_1.0/data/" >DGT-TM Acquis</a> - freely available on the JRC website and providing aligned corpora of about 1 million segments of Community law texts in 22 languages- which was used in the demonstration corpus. Please note that only European Community legislation printed in the paper edition of the Official Journal of the European Union is deemed authentic.</li>
</ul>
<P>
<P>
</body>
</html>

22
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/index.html
View File

@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC
"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"
>
<html>
<head>
<title>Moses for Mere Mortals</title>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="all.css" type="text/css" media="all" />
</head>
<body>
<h1>Moses for Mere Mortals</h1>
<ul>
<li><a href="docs/Overview.jpeg">Overview</a></li>
<li><a href="docs/Quick-Start-Guide.doc">Quick Start Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="docs/Help-Tutorial.doc">Help-Tutorial</a></li>
<li><a href="scripts">Scripts</a></li>
<li><a href="data-files">Data Files</a></li>
<li><a href="docs/thanks.html">Thanks</a></li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

557
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/scripts/create-1.37
View File

@ -1,557 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/env bash
# create-1.37
# copyright 2009,2010 João L. A. C. Rosas
# date: 22/09/2010
# licenced under the GPL licence, version 3
# the Mosesdecoder (http://sourceforge.net/projects/mosesdecoder/), is a tool upon which this script depends that is licenced under the GNU Library or Lesser General Public License (LGPL)
# Special thanks to Hilário Leal Fontes and Maria José Machado, who helped to test the script and made very helpful suggestions
# *** Purpose ***: this script downloads, compiles and installs Moses together with MGIZA, IRSTLM, RandLM, the Moses scripts and a demonstration corpus. Tested in in Ubuntu 10.04 LTS (http://releases.ubuntu.com/10.04/)
############################### REQUIREMENTS ################################
# You should install the following packages (in Ubuntu 10.04 LTS: #
# http://releases.ubuntu.com/10.04/) *** before launching *** this script: #
# automake #
# bison #
# boost-build #
# build-essential #
# flex #
# help2man #
# libboost-all-dev #
# libpthread-stubs0-dev #
# libgc-dev #
# libtool #
# zlibc #
# zlib1g-dev #
# gawk #
# tofrodos #
#############################################################################
######################################################################################
# The values of the variables that follow should be filled according to your needs: #
######################################################################################
#Full path of the base directory location of your Moses system
mosesdir="$HOME/moses-irstlm-randlm"
#^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
# !!! Please set $mosesnumprocessors to the number of processors of your computer !!!
#^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
#Number of processors in your computer
mosesnumprocessors=1
#Install small demo corpus: 1 = Install; Any other value = Do not install (!!! this will install a very small corpus that can be used to see what the scripts and Moses can do; if dodemocorpus is set to 1, this series of scripts will be able to use the demo corpus without you having to change their settings !!!)
dodemocorpus=1
#Remove the downloaded compressed packages and some directories no longer needed once the installation is done; 1 = remove the downloaded packages; any other value = do not remove those packages
removedownloadedpackges=1
######################################################################################
# End of parameters that you should fill #
######################################################################################
######################################################################################
# DON'T CHANGE THE LINES THAT FOLLOW ... unless you know what you are doing! #
######################################################################################
#Present working directory
prworkdir=$PWD
#Full path of the directory where the tools (Moses, IRSTLM, RandLM) will be placed
toolsdir=$mosesdir/tools
#create, if need be, some important directories
if [ ! -d $mosesdir ]; then
mkdir -p $mosesdir
if [ ! -d $mosesdir ]; then
echo "The $mosesdir directory could not be created. Please make sure that you have enough disk space and that the \$mosesdir setting of this script is a legal name and points to a location in which you have write permissions. Exiting ..."
exit 0
fi
fi
# Directory with files used for corpus training, language model building, tuning, testing and recasing
#if [ ! -d $mosesdir/corpora_for_training ]; then mkdir -p $mosesdir/corpora_for_training; fi
# Directory with the tools used (Moses, IRSTLM, RandLM, giza-pp, MGIZA, ...)
if [ ! -d $toolsdir ]; then mkdir -p $toolsdir; fi
# Directory with new and modified scripts
if [ ! -d $toolsdir/modified-scripts ]; then mkdir -p $toolsdir/modified-scripts; fi
# Directory with the reference (human-made) translation files
#if [ ! -d $mosesdir/translation_reference ]; then mkdir -p $mosesdir/translation_reference; fi
# Directory with the files that need to be translated by Moses
#if [ ! -d $mosesdir/translation_input ]; then mkdir -p $mosesdir/translation_input; fi
#Addresses of packages used (*pack = name of package; *url = url of package; *dir = directory base name of decompressed, non-compiled package on disk; *newdir = base directory of compiled package on disk)
#Name of the pack compressed file
irstlmpack=irstlm-5.22.01.tar.gz
#URL of package compressed file
irstlmurl=http://heanet.dl.sourceforge.net/project/irstlm/irstlm/irstlm-5.22.01/$irstlmpack
#Name of the decompressed package base directory
irstlmdir=irstlm-5.22.01
#Name of the compiled package base directory
irstlmnewdir=irstlm
randlmpack=randlm-v0.11.tar.gz
randlmurl=http://kent.dl.sourceforge.net/project/randlm/randlm/randlm%20v0.11/$randlmpack
randlmdir=randlm
randlmnewdir=randlm
mgizapack=mgiza-0.6.3-10-01-11.tar.gz
mgizaurl=http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~qing/release/$mgizapack
mgizadir=MGIZA
mgizanewdir=mgiza
mosespack=moses-2010-08-13.tgz
mosesurl=http://sunet.dl.sourceforge.net/project/mosesdecoder/mosesdecoder/2010-08-13/$mosespack
mosessoftdir=moses
mosesnewdir=moses
scriptspack=scripts.tgz
scriptsurl=http://homepages.inf.ed.ac.uk/jschroe1/how-to/$scriptspack
scriptsdir=scripts
scriptsnewdir=scripts
scorerpack=mteval-v11b.pl
scorerurl=ftp://jaguar.ncsl.nist.gov/mt/resources/$scorerpack
datapack=m3-data.tgz
dataurl="http://www.statmt.org/moses/download/$datapack"
cd $PWD
cd ..
wget $dataurl
tar -xzvf $datapack
cp -r data-files/corpora_for_training $mosesdir
cp -r data-files/translation_input $mosesdir
cp -r data-files/translation_reference $mosesdir
rm -f $datapack
if [ ! -f $mosesdir/corpora_for_training/300000.en ]; then
echo "Data files not correctly created. Exiting..."
exit 0
fi
cd $toolsdir
cd $toolsdir
if [ ! -f $mosesdir/create.moses.log ]; then
echo "did_irstlm=" > $mosesdir/create.moses.log
echo "did_randlm=" >> $mosesdir/create.moses.log
echo "did_mgiza=" >> $mosesdir/create.moses.log
echo "did_moses=" >> $mosesdir/create.moses.log
echo "did_mosesscripts=" >> $mosesdir/create.moses.log
echo "did_newscripts=" >> $mosesdir/create.moses.log
echo "did_scorer=" >> $mosesdir/create.moses.log
echo "Download IRSTLM package"
wget $irstlmurl
if [ ! -f $irstlmpack ]; then
echo "$irstlmpack pack not correctly downloaded. Please check your Internet connection. Exiting ..."
exit 0
fi
echo "Download RandLM package"
wget $randlmurl
echo "Download MGIZA package"
wget $mgizaurl
#echo "Download Moses package"
#wget $mosesurl
echo "Download Moses scripts package"
wget $scriptsurl
echo "Download scorer package"
wget $scorerurl
chmod -R +rwx $toolsdir/$scorerpack
else
. $mosesdir/create.moses.log
if [ "$did_irstlm" = "0" ]; then
if [ -f $toolsdir/$irstlmpack ]; then
rm $toolsdir/$irstlmpack
if [ -d $toolsdir/$irstlmdir ]; then
rm -rf $toolsdir/$irstlmdir
fi
if [ -d $toolsdir/$irstlmnewdir ]; then
rm -rf $toolsdir/$irstlmnewdir
fi
fi
echo "Download IRSTLM package"
wget $irstlmurl
if [ ! -f $irstlmpack ]; then
echo "$irstlmpack pack not correctly downloaded. Please check your Internet connection. Exiting ..."
exit 0
fi
fi
if [ "$did_randlm" = "0" ]; then
if [ -f $toolsdir/$randlmpack ]; then
rm $toolsdir/$randlmpack
if [ -d $toolsdir/$randlmdir ]; then
rm -rf $toolsdir/$randlmdir
fi
if [ -d $toolsdir/$randlmnewdir ]; then
rm -rf $toolsdir/$randlmnewdir
fi
fi
echo "Download RandLM package"
wget $randlmurl
fi
if [ "$did_mgiza" = "0" ]; then
if [ -f $toolsdir/$mgizapack ]; then
rm $toolsdir/$mgizapack
if [ -d $toolsdir/$mgizadir ]; then
rm -rf $toolsdir/$mgizadir
fi
if [ -d $toolsdir/$mgizanewdir ]; then
rm -rf $toolsdir/$mgizanewdir
fi
echo "Download MGIZA package"
wget $mgizaurl
fi
fi
if [ "$did_moses" = "0" ]; then
if [ -f $toolsdir/$mosespack ]; then
rm $toolsdir/$mosespack
if [ -d $toolsdir/$mosessoftdir ]; then
rm -rf $toolsdir/$mosessoftdir
fi
if [ -d $toolsdir/$mosesnewdir ]; then
rm -rf $toolsdir/$mosesnewdir
fi
fi
#echo "Download Moses package"
#wget $mosesurl
fi
if [ "$did_mosesscripts" = "0" ]; then
if [ -f $toolsdir/$scriptspack ]; then
rm $toolsdir/$scriptspack
if [ -d $toolsdir/$scriptsdir ]; then
rm -rf $toolsdir/$scriptsdir
fi
if [ -d $toolsdir/$scriptsnewdir ]; then
rm -rf $toolsdir/$scriptsnewdir
fi
fi
echo "Download Moses script package"
wget $scriptsurl
fi
if [ "$did_scorer" = "0" ]; then
if [ -f $toolsdir/$scorerpack ]; then
rm $toolsdir/$scorerpack
fi
echo "Download scorer package"
wget $scorerurl
fi
fi
if [ -f $mosesdir/create.moses.log ]; then
. $mosesdir/create.moses.log
fi
if [ "$did_irstlm" != "1" ]; then
echo "****************************************** IRSTLM ..."
if [ -f $toolsdir/$irstlmpack ]; then
tar -xzvf $toolsdir/$irstlmpack
if [ -d $toolsdir/$irstlmdir ]; then
mv -f $toolsdir/$irstlmdir $toolsdir/$irstlmnewdir
fi
else
wget $irstlmurl
tar -xzvf $irstlmpack
if [ -d $toolsdir/$irstlmdir ]; then
mv -f $toolsdir/$irstlmdir $toolsdir/$irstlmnewdir
fi
fi
if [ -d $toolsdir/$irstlmnewdir ]; then
cd $toolsdir/$irstlmnewdir
#./regenerate-makefiles.sh
./configure --prefix=$toolsdir/$irstlmnewdir
make
make install
fi
MachType=`uname -m`
if [ ! -f $toolsdir/$irstlmnewdir/bin/$MachType/quantize-lm ]; then
echo "************************ IRSTLM not correctly installed. Script will now exit."
sed -ie 's/^did_irstlm=.*$/did_irstlm=0/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
exit 0
else
echo "************************ IRSTLM correctly installed."
sed -ie 's/^did_irstlm=.*$/did_irstlm=1/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
export PATH=$toolsdir/$irstlmnewdir/bin/$MachType:$toolsdir/$irstlmnewdir/bin:$PATH
if [ "$did_moses" = "1" ]; then
echo "Even though Moses was already correctly installed, it needs to be reinstalled after having recompiled IRSTLM."
sed -ie 's/^did_moses=.*$/did_moses=0/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
fi
fi
else
echo "************************ IRSTLM already correctly installed. Reusing it."
export PATH=$toolsdir/$irstlmnewdir/bin/$MachType:$toolsdir/$irstlmnewdir/bin:$PATH
fi
cd $toolsdir
. $mosesdir/create.moses.log
if [ "$did_randlm" != "1" ]; then
echo "****************************************** RandLM ..."
cd $toolsdir
if [ -f $toolsdir/$randlmpack ]; then
tar -xzvf $randlmpack
else
wget $randlmurl
tar -xzvf $randlmpack
fi
if [ -d $toolsdir/$randlmdir/src ]; then
sed '28i\#include <cstdio>' $toolsdir/$randlmdir/src/RandLMUtils.h > $toolsdir/$randlmdir/src/RandLMUtils.hr
mv $toolsdir/$randlmdir/src/RandLMUtils.hr $toolsdir/$randlmdir/src/RandLMUtils.h
cd $toolsdir/$randlmdir/src
make all
fi
if [ ! -f $toolsdir/$randlmdir/bin/buildlm ]; then
echo "************************ RandLM not correctly installed. Script will now exit."
sed -ie 's/^did_randlm=.*$/did_randlm=0/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
exit 0
else
echo "************************ RandLM correctly installed."
sed -ie 's/^did_randlm=.*$/did_randlm=1/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
export PATH=$toolsdir/$randlmdir/bin:$PATH
if [ "$did_moses" = "1" ]; then
echo "Even though Moses was already correctly installed, it needs to be reinstalled after having recompiled RandLM."
sed -ie 's/^did_moses=.*$/did_moses=0/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
fi
fi
else
echo "************************ RandLM already correctly installed. Reusing it."
export PATH=$toolsdir/$randlmdir/bin:$PATH
fi
cd $toolsdir
. $mosesdir/create.moses.log
if [ "$did_mgiza" != "1" ]; then
echo "****************************************** MGIZA ..."
cd $toolsdir
if [ -f $toolsdir/$mgizapack ]; then
tar -xvzf $toolsdir/$mgizapack
else
wget $mgizaurl
tar -xvzf $toolsdir/$mgizapack
fi
if [ -d $toolsdir/$mgizadir ]; then
mv $toolsdir/$mgizadir $toolsdir/$mgizanewdir
cd $toolsdir/$mgizanewdir
./configure --prefix=$toolsdir/$mgizanewdir
make
make install
fi
if [ ! -f $toolsdir/$mgizanewdir/bin/symal ]; then
echo "************************ MGIZA not correctly installed. Script will now exit."
sed -ie 's/^did_mgiza=.*$/did_mgiza=0/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
exit 0
else
echo "************************ MGIZA correctly installed."
sed -ie 's/^did_mgiza=.*$/did_mgiza=1/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
# the train-model.perl script, as it is used by these scripts (which enable you to access otherwise hidden parameters), insists on using giza-pp; therefore, rename the
# MGIZA executables so that they have the names that this script requires; another solution is probably possible, but no time to test it now
cp $toolsdir/$mgizanewdir/bin/mgiza $toolsdir/$mgizanewdir/bin/GIZA++
cp $toolsdir/$mgizanewdir/bin/snt2cooc $toolsdir/$mgizanewdir/bin/snt2cooc.out
export PATH=$toolsdir/$mgizanewdir/bin:$toolsdir/$mgizanewdir/scripts:$PATH
fi
else
echo "************************ MGIZA already correctly installed. Reusing it."
export PATH=$toolsdir/$mgizanewdir/bin:$toolsdir/$mgizanewdir/scripts:$PATH
fi
if [ "$did_moses" != "1" ]; then
echo "****************************************** Moses ..."
cd $toolsdir
if [ -f $toolsdir/$mosespack ]; then
tar -xvzf $toolsdir/$mosespack
chmod -R +rwx $toolsdir/$mosesnewdir
else
wget $mosesurl
tar -xvzf $toolsdir/$mosespack
chmod -R +rwx $toolsdir/$mosesnewdir
fi
export mosesdir
if [ -d $toolsdir/$mosesnewdir ]; then
cd $toolsdir/$mosesnewdir
./regenerate-makefiles.sh
./configure --with-irstlm=$toolsdir/$irstlmnewdir --with-randlm=$toolsdir/$randlmnewdir
make -j $mosesnumprocessors
cp $toolsdir/$mosesnewdir/$scriptsdir $toolsdir/$mosesnewdir/$scriptsnewdir
cd $toolsdir/$mosesnewdir/scripts
sed -e 's#TARGETDIR=\/home\/pkoehn\/statmt\/bin#TARGETDIR=toolsdir/mosesnewdir#g' -e 's#BINDIR=\/home\/pkoehn\/statmt\/bin#BINDIR=toolsdir/mgizanewdir/bin#g' -e "s#toolsdir#$toolsdir#g" -e "s#mgizanewdir#$mgizanewdir#g" -e "s#mosesnewdir#$mosesnewdir#g" $toolsdir/$mosesnewdir/scripts/Makefile > $toolsdir/$mosesnewdir/scripts/Makefile.new
mv $toolsdir/$mosesnewdir/scripts/Makefile.new $toolsdir/$mosesnewdir/scripts/Makefile
make release
if [ -d $toolsdir/$mosesnewdir/scripts?* ]; then
rm -rf $toolsdir/$mosesnewdir/scripts
fi
fi
if [ ! -f $toolsdir/$mosesnewdir/moses-cmd/src/moses ]; then
echo "************************ Moses not correctly installed. Script will now exit."
sed -ie 's/^did_moses=.*$/did_moses=0/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
exit 0
else
echo "************************ Moses correctly installed."
sed -ie 's/^did_moses=.*$/did_moses=1/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
export SCRIPTS_ROOTDIR=$toolsdir/$mosesnewdir/script*
fi
else
echo "************************ Moses already correctly installed. Reusing it."
export SCRIPTS_ROOTDIR=$toolsdir/$mosesnewdir/script*
fi
if [ "$did_mosesscripts" != "1" ]; then
echo "****************************************** Moses scripts ..."
. $mosesdir/create.moses.log
cd $toolsdir
if [ -f $toolsdir/$scriptspack ]; then
tar -xzvf $toolsdir/$scriptspack
else
wget $scriptsurl
tar -xvzf $toolsdir/$scriptspack
fi
if [ ! -f $toolsdir/$scriptsdir/tokenizer.perl ]; then
echo "************************ Moses scripts not correctly copied. Script will now exit."
sed -ie 's/^did_mosesscripts=.*$/did_mosesscripts=0/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
exit 0
else
echo "************************ Moses scripts correctly copied."
sed -ie 's/^did_mosesscripts=.*$/did_mosesscripts=1/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
fi
else
echo "************************ Moses scripts already correctly installed. Reusing it."
fi
if [ "$did_newscripts" != "1" ]; then
echo "****************************************** New and modified scripts and demo files ..."
SAVEIFS=$IFS
IFS=$(echo -en "\n\b")
cd $prworkdir
if [ -d $prworkdir/modified-scripts ]; then
echo "***************** Copy nonbreaking_prefix.pt ..."
cp -f $prworkdir/modified-scripts/nonbreaking_prefix.pt $toolsdir/scripts/nonbreaking_prefixes
chmod +x $toolsdir/scripts/nonbreaking_prefixes/nonbreaking_prefix.pt
echo "***************** Copy mert-moses-new-modif.pl ..."
cp -f $prworkdir/modified-scripts/mert-moses-new-modif.pl $toolsdir/modified-scripts/mert-moses-new-modif.pl
chmod +x $toolsdir/modified-scripts/mert-moses-new-modif.pl
if [ -f $toolsdir/scripts/nonbreaking_prefixes/nonbreaking_prefix.pt -a -f $toolsdir/modified-scripts/mert-moses-new-modif.pl ]; then
sed -ie 's/^did_newscripts=.*$/did_newscripts=1/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
else
sed -ie 's/^did_newscripts=.*$/did_newscripts=0/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
echo "Some new/modified scripts could not be copied. Exiting ..."
IFS=$SAVEIFS
exit 0
fi
else
sed -ie 's/^did_newscripts=.*$/did_newscripts=0/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
echo "The structure of Moses for Mere Mortals was changed. Please restore the initial structure so that the installation can proceed. New and modified Moses scripts cannot be installed. Exiting ..."
exit 0
fi
IFS=$SAVEIFS
if [ -d ../data-files/corpora_for_training ]; then
echo "***************** Copy corpora_for_training ..."
cp ../data-files/corpora_for_training/* $mosesdir/corpora_for_training
if [ -f $mosesdir/corpora_for_training/300000.en ]; then
sed -ie 's/^did_newscripts=.*$/did_newscripts=1/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
else
sed -ie 's/^did_newscripts=.*$/did_newscripts=0/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
echo "Some corpora files needed for the demo of this script could not be copied. Exiting ..."
exit 0
fi
else
sed -ie 's/^did_newscripts=.*$/did_newscripts=0/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
echo " The structure of Moses for Mere Mortals was changed. Corpora for training cannot be installed. Please restore the initial structure so that the installation can proceed. Exiting ..."
exit 0
fi
if [ -d ../data-files/translation_input ]; then
cp ../data-files/translation_input/* $mosesdir/translation_input
if [ -f $mosesdir/translation_input/100.pt ]; then
sed -ie 's/^did_newscripts=.*$/did_newscripts=1/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
else
sed -ie 's/^did_newscripts=.*$/did_newscripts=0/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
echo "A demo file needed for translation (100.pt) could not be copied. Exiting ..."
exit 0
fi
else
echo " The structure of Moses for Mere Mortals was changed. Please restore the initial structure so that the installation can proceed. Exiting ..."
sed -ie 's/^did_newscripts=.*$/did_newscripts=0/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
exit 0
fi
if [ -d ../data-files/translation_reference ]; then
cp ../data-files/translation_reference/* $mosesdir/translation_reference
if [ -f $mosesdir/translation_reference/100.en.ref ]; then
sed -ie 's/^did_newscripts=.*$/did_newscripts=1/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
else
sed -ie 's/^did_newscripts=.*$/did_newscripts=0/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
echo "A demo file needed for translation (100.en) could not be copied. Exiting ..."
exit 0
fi
else
echo " The structure of Moses for Mere Mortals was changed. Please restore the initial structure so that the installation can proceed. Exiting ..."
sed -ie 's/^did_newscripts=.*$/did_newscripts=0/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
exit 0
fi
else
echo "************************ Modified scripts and demo files already correctly installed. Reusing them."
fi
if [ "$did_scorer" != "1" ]; then
echo "****************************************** Scorer ..."
if [ ! -f $toolsdir/$scorerpack ]; then
cd $toolsdir
wget $scorerurl
if [ ! -f $toolsdir/$scorerpack ]; then
echo "************************ Scorer not correctly copied. Script will now exit."
sed -ie 's/^did_scorer=.*$/did_scorer=0/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
exit 0
else
chmod +x $toolsdir/$scorerpack
echo "************************ Scorer correctly copied."
sed -ie 's/^did_scorer=.*$/did_scorer=1/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
fi
else
echo "************************ Scorer correctly copied."
sed -ie 's/^did_scorer=.*$/did_scorer=1/g' $mosesdir/create.moses.log
fi
else
echo "************************ Scorer already correctly installed. Reusing it."
fi
cd $toolsdir
if [ -f $mosesdir/create.moses.loge ]; then
rm $mosesdir/create.moses.loge
fi
if [ "$removedownloadedpackges" = "1" ]; then
if [ -f $toolsdir/$irstlmpack ]; then
rm $toolsdir/$irstlmpack
fi
if [ -f $toolsdir/$irstlmdir ]; then
rm $toolsdir/$irstlmdir
fi
if [ -f $toolsdir/$randlmpack ]; then
rm $toolsdir/$randlmpack
fi
if [ -f $toolsdir/$mgizapack ]; then
rm $toolsdir/$mgizapack
fi
if [ -f $toolsdir/$mosespack ]; then
rm $toolsdir/$mosespack
fi
if [ -f $toolsdir/$mosessoftdir ]; then
rm $toolsdir/$mosessoftdir
fi
if [ -f $toolsdir/$scriptspack ]; then
rm $toolsdir/$scriptspack
fi
fi
echo ""
echo "!!! Successful end of Moses installation. !!!"
echo "Moses base directory located in $mosesdir"
#*************************************************************************************************
# Changes in versions 1.36, 1.37
#*************************************************************************************************
#Changed the data files (containing namely the demo corpus) to another location
#*************************************************************************************************
# Changes in version 1.35
#*************************************************************************************************
# Uses new Moses decoder (published in August 13, 2010 and updated in August 14, 2010)
# Updates package dependencies
#Suppresses giza-pp installation (which is not used by the train script)
# Works in Ubuntu 10.04 LTS (and, if you adapt the package dependencies, with Ubuntu 9.10 and 9.04)

137
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/scripts/make-test-files-0.14
View File

@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/env bash
# make-test-files-0.14
# copyright 2010, João L. A. C. Rosas
# licenced under the GPL licence, version 3
# date: 23/08/2010
# Special thanks to Hilário Leal Fontes and Maria José Machado, who helped to test the script and made very helpful suggestions
# ***Purpose***: given 2 strictly aligned files, one in the source language and another in the target language, this script creates a backup of them and cuts each of them in 2 parts: one that will be used for training and another for testing the training. The initial files are divided into X sectors (defined by the user in the settings of this script) and the script extracts Y pseudorandom segments from each sector (the value Y is also defined by the user). This script can be used to create training test files that attempt to cover the whole universe of the sampling space and which simultaneously sample pseudorandomly each of those sectors Y times in an attempt to get a test file that is more representative of that universe than a list of X*Y consecutive segments would be. The files used for training will have those segments erased. The initial corpus will be preserved (the files that will be used for corpus training are new files created by this script).
###########################################################################################################################################################
#THIS SCRIPT ASSUMES THAT A IRSTLM AND RANDLM ENABLED MOSES HAS ALREADY BEEN INSTALLED WITH create-moses-irstlm-randlm IN $mosesdir (BY DEFAULT $HOME/moses-irstlm-randlm; CHANGE THIS VARIABLE ACCORDING TO YOUR NEEDS)
# IT ALSO ASSUMES THAT THE PACKAGES UPON WHICH IT DEPENDS, INDICATED IN the create-moses-irstlm-randlm script, HAVE BEEN INSTALLED
# This script should be used after the execution of create-moses-irstlm-randlm and before the execution of train-moses-irstlm-randlm (it creates the corpus and the test files that will be used by this latter script)
###########################################################################################################################################################
##########################################################################################################################################################
# The values of the variables that follow should be filled according to your needs: # ##########################################################################################################################################################
#Base path of Moses installation
mosesdir=$HOME/moses-irstlm-randlm
#Source language abbreviation
lang1=pt
#Target language abbreviation
lang2=en
#Number of sectors in which each input file will be cut
totalnumsectors=100
#Number of segments pseudorandomly searched in each sector
numsegs=10
#Name of the source language file used for creating one of the test files (!!! omit the path; the name should not include spaces !!!)
basefilename=200000
##########################################################################################################################################################
# DO NOT CHANGE THE LINES THAT FOLLOW ... unless you know what you are doing! #
##########################################################################################################################################################
startdate=`date +day:%d/%m/%y-time:%H:%M:%S`
#Function to get a random positive number with up to 10 digits between highest ($1) and lowest ($2)
randompos(){
num=$(( ( ($RANDOM & 3)<<30 | $RANDOM<<15 | $RANDOM ) - 0x80000000 ))
if [ $num -lt 0 ] ; then
# $1 = highest; $2 = lowest
newnum=$[ `expr 0 - $num` % ( $[ $1 - $2 ] + 1 ) + $2 ]
else
newnum=$[ $num % ( $[ $1 - $2 ] + 1 ) + $2 ]
fi
echo $newnum
}
exchange()
{
local temp=${numsegarray[$1]}
numsegarray[$1]=${numsegarray[$2]}
numsegarray[$2]=$temp
return
}
#This function was published in jeronimo's blog (http://www.roth.lu/serendipity/index.php?/archives/31-Bash-Arrays-and-search-function.html)
# Function to find out whether something exists in a bash array or not
bash__is_in_array () {
haystack=( "$@" )
haystack_size=( "${#haystack[@]}" )
needle=${haystack[$((${haystack_size}-1))]}
for ((i=0;i<$(($haystack_size-1));i++)); do
h=${haystack[${i}]};
[ $h = $needle ] && return 42
done
}
echo "************* Do some preparatory work (it can take a long time to read the input files, if they are large)"
#Directory where the source and target language files used for creating one of the test files is located
basefiledir=$mosesdir/corpora_for_training
#Directory where will be placed the test files that will be created
testdir=$mosesdir/corpora_for_training
#Eliminate some control characters that can cause Moses training errors
tr '\a\b\f\r\v|' ' /' < $basefiledir/$basefilename.$lang1 > $testdir/$basefilename.for_train.$lang1
tr '\a\b\f\r\v|' ' /' < $basefiledir/$basefilename.$lang2 > $testdir/$basefilename.for_train.$lang2
#Determine the number of lines of each file and check that they are equal
numlines_s=`wc -l "$basefiledir/$basefilename.$lang1" | awk '{print $1'}`
numlines_t=`wc -l "$basefiledir/$basefilename.$lang2" | awk '{print $1'}`
if [ "$numlines_s" != "$numlines_t" ]; then
echo "Source and target files have a different number of segments (source = $numlines_s and target = $numlines_t). If you verify manually that they do have the same number of segments, then Bash is interpreting at least one of the characters of one of the files as something it isn't. If that is the case, you will have to isolate the line(s) that is (are) causing problems and to substitute the character in question by some other character. Exiting ..."
exit 0
fi
#Calculate number of lines per sector
numlinespersector=$(echo "scale=0; $numlines_s/$totalnumsectors" | bc)
#Calculate total number of segments to extract
totsegstoextract=$(echo "scale=0; $totalnumsectors*$numsegs" | bc)
echo "************* $totalnumsectors sectors to extract. This can take some time ..."
#Create temporary files
echo > /tmp/$basefilename.for_test.$lang1
echo > /tmp/$basefilename.for_test.$lang2
echo "extract segments for testing from:"
#Total number of segments extracted so far for the training test file
totsegsextracted=0
if (( $(echo "scale=0; $totsegstoextract-$numlines_s" | bc) < 0 )); then
for (( sector=1; sector<=$totalnumsectors; sector++ )) ; do
echo "sector $sector"
floor=$(echo "scale=0; $numlinespersector*$sector-$numlinespersector+1" | bc)
ceiling=$(echo "scale=0; $numlinespersector*$sector" | bc)
sectornumsegsextracted=0
number=-1
while (( $sectornumsegsextracted < $numsegs )) ; do
number=`randompos $ceiling $floor`
bash__is_in_array "${numsegarray[@]}" $number
if [ $? -ne 42 ]; then
let "sectornumsegsextracted += 1"
let "totsegsextracted += 1"
awk "NR==$number{print;exit}" $testdir/$basefilename.for_train.$lang1 >> /tmp/$basefilename.for_test.$lang1
numsegarray[$totsegsextracted]=$number
f+=${numsegarray[$totsegsextracted]}
f+="d;"
awk "NR==$number{print;exit}" $testdir/$basefilename.for_train.$lang2 >> /tmp/$basefilename.for_test.$lang2
fi
done
done
echo "************* erase segments used for testing in training files"
f=`echo "$f" | sed 's#\;#\n#g' | sort -nr `
f=`echo "$f" | sed 's#\n#;#g'`
f=${f%;;*}
sed "$f" $testdir/$basefilename.for_train.$lang1 > /tmp/$basefilename.for_train.$lang1.temp
sed "$f" $testdir/$basefilename.for_train.$lang2 > /tmp/$basefilename.for_train.$lang2.temp
echo "************* final cleaning operations"
sed '1d' /tmp/$basefilename.for_test.$lang1 > $testdir/$basefilename.for_test.$lang1
sed '1d' /tmp/$basefilename.for_test.$lang2 > $testdir/$basefilename.for_test.$lang2
mv -f /tmp/$basefilename.for_train.$lang1.temp $testdir/$basefilename.for_train.$lang1
mv -f /tmp/$basefilename.for_train.$lang2.temp $testdir/$basefilename.for_train.$lang2
else
echo "The files you want to sample have less lines than the number of sectors times the number of segments that you want to extract per sector. Exiting ..."
exit 0
fi
echo "starting date: $startdate"
echo "ending date : `date +day:%d/%m/%y-time:%H:%M:%S`"
echo "!!! Test files created in $testdir/$basefilename.for_test.$lang1 and $testdir/$basefilename.for_test.$lang2. Corpus training files (where the segments selected for training were erased) created in $testdir/$basefilename.for_train.$lang1 and $testdir/$basefilename.for_train.$lang2 !!!"

2
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/scripts/modified-scripts/READ_ME_FIRST
View File

@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
1) The mert-moses-new-modif.pl is a file that contains a slight modification of the mert-moses-new.pl script so that tuning can be stopped after a set amount of runs.
2) The nonbreaking_prefix.pt script is a file whose author is Hilário Leal Fontes.

1217
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/scripts/modified-scripts/mert-moses-new-modif.pl
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

209
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/scripts/modified-scripts/nonbreaking_prefix.pt
View File

@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
#File adapted for PT by H. Leal Fontes from the EN & DE versions published with moses-2009-04-13. Last update: 10.11.2009.
#Anything in this file, followed by a period (and an upper-case word), does NOT indicate an end-of-sentence marker.
#Special cases are included for prefixes that ONLY appear before 0-9 numbers.
#any single upper case letter followed by a period is not a sentence ender (excluding I occasionally, but we leave it in)
#usually upper case letters are initials in a name
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
#Roman Numerals. A dot after one of these is not a sentence break in Portuguese.
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
XIII
XIV
XV
XVI
XVII
XVIII
XIX
XX
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
xii
xiii
xiv
xv
xvi
xvii
xviii
xix
xx
#List of titles. These are often followed by upper-case names, but do not indicate sentence breaks
Adj
Adm
Adv
Art
Ca
Capt
Cmdr
Col
Comdr
Con
Corp
Cpl
DR
DRA
Dr
Dra
Dras
Drs
Eng
Enga
Engas
Engos
Ex
Exo
Exmo
Fig
Gen
Hosp
Insp
Lda
MM
MR
MRS
MS
Maj
Mrs
Ms
Msgr
Op
Ord
Pfc
Ph
Prof
Pvt
Rep
Reps
Res
Rev
Rt
Sen
Sens
Sfc
Sgt
Sr
Sra
Sras
Srs
Sto
Supt
Surg
adj
adm
adv
art
cit
col
con
corp
cpl
dr
dra
dras
drs
eng
enga
engas
engos
ex
exo
exmo
fig
op
prof
sr
sra
sras
srs
sto
#misc - odd period-ending items that NEVER indicate breaks (p.m. does NOT fall into this category - it sometimes ends a sentence)
v
vs
i.e
rev
e.g
#Numbers only. These should only induce breaks when followed by a numeric sequence
# add NUMERIC_ONLY after the word for this function
#This case is mostly for the english "No." which can either be a sentence of its own, or
#if followed by a number, a non-breaking prefix
No #NUMERIC_ONLY#
Nos
Art #NUMERIC_ONLY#
Nr
p #NUMERIC_ONLY#
pp #NUMERIC_ONLY#

509
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/scripts/score-0.85
View File

@ -1,509 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/env bash
# score-0.85
# copyright 2010, João L. A. C. Rosas
# licenced under the GPL licence, version 3
# date: 02/09/2010
# Special thanks to Hilário Leal Fontes and Maria José Machado who made research about this script, sent me experimental results, helped to test it and made very helpful suggestions
# ***Purpose***: This script processes all the Moses translation files present in the $mosesdir/translation_files_for_tmx, if you want to prepare a translation to be used with a translation memory, or in the $mosesdir/translation_output directory, if you want to have a plain translation. For each Moses translation present there, it extracts from its name the names of the abbreviations of the source and target languages and of the scorebasename (which must not included the "." sign). With this information, it reconstructs the full name of the source file and reference translation file. For a set of source file, its Moses translation file and its reference (human-made) translation file, this script creates a report presenting, depending on the parameters set by the user, either 1) a score of the whole Moses translation or 2) a score of each segment of the Moses translation. In this latter case, each line of the file consists of the a) BLEU score and b) NIST score of the Moses translation ***of that segment***, c) the number of the segment in the source document, d) the source, e) reference and f) Moses translation segments, in that order. These 6 fields are separated by the "|" character. The lines are sorted by ascending order of BLEU score.
###########################################################################################################################################################
#THIS SCRIPT ASSUMES THAT A IRSTLM AND RANDLM ENABLED MOSES HAS ALREADY BEEN INSTALLED WITH THE create script IN $mosesdir (BY DEFAULT $HOME/moses-irstlm-randlm), THAT A CORPUS HAS BEEN TRAINED WITH THE train script AND THAT A TRANSLATION HAS ALREADY BEEN MADE WITH THE translate script.
# IT ALSO ASSUMES THAT THE PACKAGES UPON WHICH IT DEPENDS, INDICATED IN THE create script, HAVE BEEN INSTALLED
###########################################################################################################################################################
##########################################################################################################################################################
# The values of the variables that follow should be filled according to your needs: # ##########################################################################################################################################################
# ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
# !!! THIS SCRIPT SHOULD NOT BE USED WITH DOCUMENTS TRANSLATED WITH THE translate script WITH ITS $translate_for_tmx PARAMETER SET TO 1 ***UNLESS*** the $othercleanings, $improvesegmentation and $ removeduplicates parameters of that script were all set to 0 and $minseglen was set to -1 (this processing changes the order of the segments and can also make the source document have a number of segments that is different from the number of segments of the reference translation, namely because it can delete some segments and/or add some new ones) !!!
#^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
#^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
# !!! The names of the source and target reference translation files used for scoring should not include spaces !!!
#^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
#^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
# The source file name and the reference translation file MUST observe the following conventions:
# Source file : <basename>.<abbreviation of source language> (ex: 100.en)
# Reference translation file: <basename>.<abbreviation of target language>.ref (ex: 100.pt.ref)
#^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
#Base directory of your Moses installation (made with the create script)
mosesdir=$HOME/moses-irstlm-randlm
#Scores documents prepared for TMX translation memories. If this parameter is set to 1, the script will look for the documents $s and $m in the $mosesdir/translation_files_for_tmx directory; if not set to 1, it will look for the $s document in the mosesdir/translation_input directory and for the $m document in $mosesdir/translation_output; in both cases, it will look for the $r document in $mosesdir/translation_reference
scoreTMXdocuments=0
#This is an arbitrary commentary that you can use if you want to register something (a parameter used, whatever) in the name of the scorefile. Like this, you might not have to open several files before discovering the one you are really looking for (if you do many scores of the same document translated with different parameters); more useful while you are trying to discover the right combination of parameters for your specific situation; !!!Remember, however, that most Linux systems have a maximum file name length of 255 characters; if the name of the document to translate is already long, you might exceed that limit !!! Example of a note:"12-07-2010" (date of the batch score)
batch_user_note="12-07-2010"
#Create a report where each segment gets its own score; 0 = score the whole document; 1 = score each segment
score_line_by_line=0
#Remove moses translation segments that are equal to reference translation segments and whose BLEU score is zero (!!! Only active if score_line_by_line=1 !!!)
remove_equal=1
#Tokenize the source document and the reference and the Moses translation
tokenize=1
#Lowercase the source document and the reference and the Moses translation
lowercase=1
##########################################################################################################################################################
# DO NOT CHANGE THE LINES THAT FOLLOW ... unless you know what you are doing! #
##########################################################################################################################################################
#Directory where Moses translation tools are located
toolsdir=$mosesdir/tools
if [ "$scoreTMXdocuments" = "1" ]; then
sourcelanguagedir=$mosesdir/translation_files_for_tmx
mosestranslationdir=$mosesdir/translation_files_for_tmx
else
sourcelanguagedir=$mosesdir/translation_input
mosestranslationdir=$mosesdir/translation_output
fi
reftranslationdir=$mosesdir/translation_reference
#Directory where the output of the present script, the translation scoring document, will be created
scoredir=$mosesdir/translation_scoring
# Create the input directories, if they do not yet exist; later steps will confirm that the input files do not yet exist (this saves time to the user, who will not have to also create these directories)
if [ ! -d $sourcelanguagedir ] ; then mkdir -p $sourcelanguagedir ; fi
if [ ! -d $reftranslationdir ] ; then mkdir -p $reftranslationdir ; fi
if [ ! -d $mosestranslationdir ] ; then mkdir -p $mosestranslationdir ; fi
if [ ! -d $scoredir ] ; then mkdir -p $scoredir ; fi
# Define functions
remove_garbage() {
if [ -f $scoredir/$s ]; then
rm $scoredir/$s
fi
if [ -f $scoredir/$r ]; then
rm $scoredir/$r
fi
if [ -f $scoredir/$m ]; then
rm $scoredir/$m
fi
if [ -f $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm ]; then
rm $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm
fi
if [ -f $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm ]; then
rm $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm
fi
if [ -f $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm ]; then
rm $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm
fi
}
log_wrong_file() {
if [ ! -f $scoredir/$tmp ]; then
echo "LIST OF NOT SCORED FILES (in the $mosestranslationdir directory):" > $scoredir/$tmp
echo "==============================================================================================" >> $scoredir/$tmp
echo "" >> $scoredir/$tmp
echo "==============================================================================================" >> $scoredir/$tmp
fi
echo -e "***$filename*** file:" >> $scoredir/$tmp
echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------" >> $scoredir/$tmp
echo -e "\t$error_msg" >> $scoredir/$tmp
echo "==============================================================================================" >> $scoredir/$tmp
}
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAVEIFS=$IFS
IFS=$(echo -en "\n\b")
tmp="!!!SCORES-NOT-DONE!!!"
if [ -f $scoredir/$tmp ]; then
rm $scoredir/$tmp
fi
i=0
for filetoscore in $mosestranslationdir/*; do
if [ ! -d $filetoscore ]; then
error_msg=""
filename=${filetoscore##*/}
tempbasename=${filename%.*}
tempbasename1=${tempbasename%.*}
scorebasename=${tempbasename1%.*}
temp=${filename%.*}
temp1=${temp%.*}
lang1=${temp1##*.}
lang2=${temp##*.}
s=$scorebasename.$lang1
m=$filename
r=$scorebasename.$lang2.ref
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#Define report name
if [ "$lang1" = "$filename" -a "$lang2" = "$filename" ]; then
lang1t=""
lang2t=""
else
lang1t=$lang1
lang2t=$lang2
fi
if [ "$score_line_by_line" = "1" ]; then
scorefile=$scorebasename.$batch_user_note.$lang1t-$lang2t.F-$scoreTMXdocuments-R-$remove_equal-T-$tokenize.L-$lowercase.line-by-line
else
scorefile=$scorebasename-$batch_user_note-$lang1t-$lang2t.F-$scoreTMXdocuments-R-$remove_equal-T-$tokenize.L-$lowercase.whole-doc
fi
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
scorefile_name_len=${#scorefile}
if [ "${filetoscore##*.}" = "moses" ]; then
echo "--------------------------------------------------------------------"
echo "MOSES TRANSLATION: $filename (in the $mosestranslationdir directory)"
let i=$i+1
if [ "$scorefile_name_len" -gt "229" -a "$score_line_by_line" != "1" ]; then
echo "==============================================================================================" >> $scoredir/$tmp
error_msg="The translated file name and/or the \$batch_user_note parameter would result in a scorefile name that exceeds the maximal limit of 255 characters. Please try to use translation files and user notes that do not lead to files names exceeding the maximal allowable length."
echo -e "$error_msg Analysing now next Moses translation."
log_wrong_file
scorefile=$(echo $scorefile | cut -c1-229)
continue
fi
if [ "$scorefile_name_len" -gt "242" -a "$score_line_by_line" = "1" ]; then
error_msg="The translated file name and/or the \$batch_user_note parameter would result in a scorefile name that exceeds the maximal limit of 255 characters. Please try to use translation files and user notes that do not lead to files with names exceeding their maximal allowable length."
echo -e "$error_msg Analysing now next Moses translation."
log_wrong_file
scorefile=$(echo $scorefile | cut -c1-242)
continue
fi
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
if [ "$lang1" = "$lang2" ]; then
error_msg="You did not respect the Moses for Mere Mortals conventions for naming the source and or the reference files.\n\tSource file\t\t\t: <scorebasename>.<source language abbreviation> (ex: 100.pt)\n\tReference translation file\t: <scorebasename>.<target language abbreviation> (ex: 100.en.ref)\nPlease correct the name of the files and then run this script again."
echo -e "$error_msg Analysing now next Moses translation."
log_wrong_file
continue
fi
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#Get number of segments for each input file (source, reference and Moses translation)
#avoid wc error messages when the file does not exist
exec 3> /dev/stderr 2> /dev/null
lines_s=`wc -l "$sourcelanguagedir/$s" | awk '{print $1'}`
if [ "$lines_s" ]; then
echo "Source file : $lines_s lines"
else
echo "Source file : doesn't exist"
fi
lines=`wc -l "$mosestranslationdir/$m" | awk '{print $1'}`
if [ "$lines" ]; then
echo "Moses translation: $lines lines"
else
echo "Moses translation: doesn't exist"
fi
lines_r=`wc -l "$reftranslationdir/$r" | awk '{print $1'}`
if [ "$lines_r" ]; then
echo "Reference file : $lines_r lines"
else
echo "Reference file : doesn't exist"
fi
exec 2>&3
#Check that source, reference and Moses translation files have the same number of segments
if [ "$lines_s" != "$lines_r" ]; then
if [ "$lines_s" = "" ]; then
lines_s=0
fi
if [ "$lines_r" = "" ]; then
lines_r=0
fi
error_msg="Source and reference files do not have the same number of lines (source = $lines_s and reference = $lines_r lines) or one or both of them might not exist. If you verify manually that they do have the same number of segments, then wc (a Linux command) is interpreting at least one of the characters of one of the files as something it isn't. If that is the case, you will have to isolate the line(s) that is (are) causing problems and to substitute the character in question by some other character."
echo "$error_msg Analysing now next Moses translation."
log_wrong_file
remove_garbage
continue
fi
if [ "$lines" != "$lines_r" ]; then
if [ "$lines" = "" ]; then
lines=0
fi
if [ "$lines_r" = "" ]; then
lines_r=0
fi
error_msg="Reference and moses translation files do not have the same number of lines (reference = $lines_r lines and moses translation = $lines) or one or both of them might not exist. If you verify manually that they do have the same number of segments, then wc (a Linux command) is interpreting at least one of the characters of one of the files as something it isn't. If that is the case, you will have to isolate the line(s) that is (are) causing problems and to substitute the character in question by some other character."
echo "$error_msg Analysing now next Moses translation."
log_wrong_file
remove_garbage
continue
fi
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#Check that $s, $r and $m exist
if [ ! -f $sourcelanguagedir/$s ] ; then
error_msg="The expected source language file ($sourcelanguagedir/$s) needed for scoring the Moses translation ($mosestranslationdir/$m) does not exist. Did you respect the file naming conventions described at the top of the score-0.85 script or did you use the wrong language pair for translating?"
echo "$error_msg Analysing now next Moses translation."
log_wrong_file
continue
else
cp $sourcelanguagedir/$s $scoredir
if [ "$tokenize" = "1" -a "$lowercase" = "1" ]; then
$toolsdir/scripts/tokenizer.perl -l $lang1 < $scoredir/$s > $scoredir/$s.tok
$toolsdir/scripts/lowercase.perl < $scoredir/$s.tok > $scoredir/$s
rm -f $scoredir/$s.tok
elif [ "$tokenize" = "1" ]; then
$toolsdir/scripts/tokenizer.perl -l $lang1 < $scoredir/$s > $scoredir/$s.tok
mv -f $scoredir/$s.tok $scoredir/$s
elif [ "$lowercase" = "1" ]; then
$toolsdir/scripts/lowercase.perl < $scoredir/$s > $scoredir/$s.lower
mv -f $scoredir/$s.lower $scoredir/$s
fi
sed 's/\\$/\\ /g' < $scoredir/$s > $scoredir/$s.clean
mv -f $scoredir/$s.clean $scoredir/$s
fi
if [ ! -f $reftranslationdir/$r ] ; then
error_msg="The expected reference (human-made) file ($reftranslationdir/$r) needed for scoring the Moses translation ($mosestranslationdir/$m) does not exist."
echo "$error_msg Analysing now next Moses translation. Did you respect the file naming conventions described at the top of the score-0.21 script or did you use the wrong language pair for translating?"
log_wrong_file
continue
else
cp $reftranslationdir/$r $scoredir
if [ "$tokenize" = "1" -a "$lowercase" = "1" ]; then
$toolsdir/scripts/tokenizer.perl -l $lang2 < $scoredir/$r > $scoredir/$r.tok
$toolsdir/scripts/lowercase.perl < $scoredir/$r.tok > $scoredir/$r
rm -f $scoredir/$r.tok
elif [ "$tokenize" = "1" ]; then
$toolsdir/scripts/tokenizer.perl -l $lang2 < $scoredir/$r > $scoredir/$r.tok
mv -f $scoredir/$r.tok $scoredir/$r
elif [ "$lowercase" = "1" ]; then
$toolsdir/scripts/lowercase.perl < $scoredir/$r > $scoredir/$r.lower
mv -f $scoredir/$r.lower $scoredir/$r
fi
sed 's/\\$/\\ /g' < $scoredir/$r > $scoredir/$r.clean
mv -f $scoredir/$r.clean $scoredir/$r
fi
if [ ! -f $mosestranslationdir/$m ] ; then
error_msg="The Moses translation file ($mosestranslationdir/$m) file does not exist. Did you respect the file naming conventions described at the top of the score-0.80 script?"
echo "$error_msg Analysing now next Moses translation."
log_wrong_file
continue
else
cp $mosestranslationdir/$m $scoredir
if [ "$tokenize" = "1" -a "$lowercase" = "1" ]; then
$toolsdir/scripts/tokenizer.perl -l $lang2 < $scoredir/$m > $scoredir/$m.tok
$toolsdir/scripts/lowercase.perl < $scoredir/$m.tok > $scoredir/$m
rm -f $scoredir/$m.tok
elif [ "$tokenize" = "1" ]; then
$toolsdir/scripts/tokenizer.perl -l $lang2 < $scoredir/$m > $scoredir/$m.tok
mv -f $scoredir/$m.tok $scoredir/$m
elif [ "$lowercase" = "1" ]; then
$toolsdir/scripts/lowercase.perl < $scoredir/$m > $scoredir/$m.lower
mv -f $scoredir/$m.lower $scoredir/$m
fi
sed 's/\\$/\\ /g' < $scoredir/$m > $scoredir/$m.clean
mv -f $scoredir/$m.clean $scoredir/$m
fi
echo "===================================================================================" > $scoredir/temp
echo "*** Script version ***: score-0.85" >> $scoredir/temp
echo "===================================================================================" >> $scoredir/temp
echo "===================================================================================" >> $scoredir/temp
echo "Extracted file names and other data (extracted automatically; errors are possible):" >> $scoredir/temp
echo "===================================================================================" >> $scoredir/temp
echo "source language : $lang1" >> $scoredir/temp
echo "target language : $lang2" >> $scoredir/temp
echo "-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------" >> $scoredir/temp
echo "source file : $sourcelanguagedir/$s" >> $scoredir/temp
echo "moses translation : $mosestranslationdir/$m" >> $scoredir/temp
echo "reference file : $reftranslationdir/$r" >> $scoredir/temp
echo "-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------" >> $scoredir/temp
echo "batch_user_note : $batch_user_note" >> $scoredir/temp
echo "===================================================================================" >> $scoredir/temp
echo "score_line_by_line : $score_line_by_line" >> $scoredir/temp
if [ "$score_line_by_line" = "1" ]; then
echo "tokenize : $tokenize" >> $scoredir/temp
echo "lowercase : $lowercase" >> $scoredir/temp
echo "remove_equal : $remove_equal" >> $scoredir/temp
fi
echo "===================================================================================" >> $scoredir/temp
#=========================================================================================================================================================
#1. SCORE LINE BY LINE
#=========================================================================================================================================================
if [ "$score_line_by_line" = "1" ]; then
if [ -f $scoredir/$scorefile ]; then
rm -f $scoredir/$scorefile
fi
echo "************************** Score line by line"
counter=0
echo "BLEU|NIST|<segnum>|source seg|ref seg|Moses seg" >> $scoredir/temp
echo "" >> $scoredir/temp
sed -e 's#\& #\&amp\; #g' -e 's#<#\&lt\;#g' $scoredir/$s > $scoredir/$s.tmp
mv $scoredir/$s.tmp $scoredir/$s
sed -e 's#\& #\&amp\; #g' -e 's#<#\&lt\;#g' $scoredir/$r > $scoredir/$r.tmp
mv $scoredir/$r.tmp $scoredir/$r
sed -e 's#\& #\&amp\; #g' -e 's#<#\&lt\;#g' $scoredir/$m > $scoredir/$m.tmp
mv $scoredir/$m.tmp $scoredir/$m
echo "***** Score each segment:"
while [ "$counter" -lt "$lines" ]; do
let "counter += 1"
echo "Segment $counter"
source_sentence=`awk "NR==$counter{print;exit}" $scoredir/$s`
ref_sentence=`awk "NR==$counter{print;exit}" $scoredir/$r`
moses_sentence=`awk "NR==$counter{print;exit}" $scoredir/$m`
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# ******** wrap source file
if [ "$source_sentence" != "" ]; then
echo '<srcset setid="'$scorebasename'" srclang="'$lang1'">' > $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm
echo '<DOC docid="'$scorebasename'">' >> $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm
echo "<seg id=$counter>"$source_sentence"</seg>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm
echo "</DOC>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm
echo "</srcset>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm
fi
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# ******** wrap reference (human-made) translation
if [ "$ref_sentence" != "" ]; then
echo '<refset setid="'$scorebasename'" srclang="'$lang1'" trglang="'$lang2'">' > $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm
echo '<DOC docid="'$scorebasename'" sysid="ref">' >> $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm
echo "<seg id=$counter>"$ref_sentence"</seg>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm
echo "</DOC>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm
echo "</refset>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm
fi
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# ******** wrap Moses translation
if [ "$moses_sentence" != "" ]; then
echo '<tstset setid="'$scorebasename'" srclang="'$lang1'" trglang="'$lang2'">' > $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm
echo '<DOC docid="'$scorebasename'" sysid="moses">' >> $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm
echo "<seg id=$counter>"$moses_sentence"</seg>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm
echo "</DOC>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm
echo "</tstset>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm
fi
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sed -e 's/\x1E/\-/g' $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm > $scoredir/temp2
mv $scoredir/temp2 $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm
sed -e 's/\x1E/\-/g' $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm > $scoredir/temp2
mv $scoredir/temp2 $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm
sed -e 's/\x1E/\-/g' $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm > $scoredir/temp2
mv $scoredir/temp2 $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm
# ******** get segment score"
#in our experience, the mteval-v13a and the mteval-v12 (more recent scorers) stopped with errors (and no score) with strings like " & " and U+001E
score=`$toolsdir/mteval-v11b.pl -s $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm -r $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm -t $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm -c`
scoretemp=${score%% for system *}
scoretemp1=${scoretemp#*NIST score = }
NIST=${scoretemp1%% *}
BLEUtemp=${scoretemp1#*BLEU score = }
BLEU=${BLEUtemp%% *}
set -f
BLEUcorr=$(echo "scale=0; $BLEU*10000" | bc)
set +f
if [ "$remove_equal" = "1" ]; then
if [ "$ref_sentence" != "$moses_sentence" ]; then
echo "$BLEU|$NIST|<$counter>|<seg>$source_sentence</seg>|<seg>$ref_sentence</seg>|<seg>$moses_sentence</seg>" >> $scoredir/$scorefile
elif [ "$BLEUcorr" = "0" ]; then
: #do nothing
else
echo "$BLEU|$NIST|<$counter>|<seg>$source_sentence</seg>|<seg>$ref_sentence</seg>|<seg>$moses_sentence</seg>" >> $scoredir/$scorefile
fi
else
echo "$BLEU|$NIST|<$counter>|<seg>$source_sentence</seg>|<seg>$ref_sentence</seg>|<seg>$moses_sentence</seg>" >> $scoredir/$scorefile
fi
done
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#Sort the output file by score
sort -g $scoredir/$scorefile -o $scoredir/$scorefile
echo "===========================================================================" >> $scoredir/temp
cat $scoredir/$scorefile >> $scoredir/temp
mv $scoredir/temp $scoredir/$scorefile
remove_garbage
else
#=========================================================================================================================================================
#2. SCORE WHOLE DOCUMENT
#=========================================================================================================================================================
if [ -f $scoredir/$scorefile ]; then
rm -f $scoredir/$scorefile
fi
echo "************************** Score whole document"
sed -e 's#\& #\&amp\; #g' -e 's#<#\&lt\;#g' $scoredir/$s > $scoredir/$s.tmp
mv $scoredir/$s.tmp $scoredir/$s
sed -e 's#\& #\&amp\; #g' -e 's#<#\&lt\;#g' $scoredir/$r > $scoredir/$r.tmp
mv $scoredir/$r.tmp $scoredir/$r
sed -e 's#\& #\&amp\; #g' -e 's#<#\&lt\;#g' $scoredir/$m > $scoredir/$m.tmp
mv $scoredir/$m.tmp $scoredir/$m
echo "***************** wrap test result in SGM"
echo "******** wrap source file"
exec<$scoredir/$s
echo '<srcset setid="'$scorebasename'" srclang="'$lang1'">' > $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm
echo '<DOC docid="'$scorebasename'">' >> $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm
numseg=0
while read line
do
numseg=$(($numseg+1))
echo "<seg id=$numseg>"$line"</seg>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm
done
echo "</DOC>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm
echo "</srcset>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
echo "******** wrap reference (human-made) translation"
exec<$scoredir/$r
echo '<refset setid="'$scorebasename'" srclang="'$lang1'" trglang="'$lang2'">' > $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm
echo '<DOC docid="'$scorebasename'" sysid="ref">' >> $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm
numseg=0
while read line
do
numseg=$(($numseg+1))
echo "<seg id=$numseg>"$line"</seg>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm
done
echo "</DOC>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm
echo "</refset>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
echo "******** wrap Moses translation"
exec<$scoredir/$m
echo '<tstset setid="'$scorebasename'" srclang="'$lang1'" trglang="'$lang2'">' > $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm
echo '<DOC docid="'$scorebasename'" sysid="moses">' >> $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm
numseg=0
while read line
do
numseg=$(($numseg+1))
echo "<seg id=$numseg>"$line"</seg>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm
done
echo "</DOC>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm
echo "</tstset>" >> $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm
sed -e 's/\x1E/\-/g' $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm > $scoredir/temp2
mv $scoredir/temp2 $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm
sed -e 's/\x1E/\-/g' $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm > $scoredir/temp2
mv $scoredir/temp2 $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm
sed -e 's/\x1E/\-/g' $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm > $scoredir/temp2
mv $scoredir/temp2 $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm
if [ ! -f $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm -o ! -f $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm -o ! -f $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm ]; then
echo "There was a problem creating the files used by the scorer. Exiting..."
IFS=$SAVEIFS
exit 0
else
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
echo "***************** scoring"
startscoringdate=`date +day:%d/%m/%y-time:%H:%M:%S`
#in our experience, the mteval-v13a and the mteval-v12 (more recent scorers) stopped with errors (and no score) with strings like " & " and U+001E
score=`$toolsdir/mteval-v11b.pl -s $scoredir/$scorebasename-src.$lang1.sgm -r $scoredir/$scorebasename-ref.$lang2.sgm -t $scoredir/$scorebasename.moses.sgm -c`
scoretemp=${score%% for system *}
scoretemp1=${scoretemp#*NIST score = }
NIST=${scoretemp1%% *}
BLEUtemp=${scoretemp1#*BLEU score = }
BLEU=${BLEUtemp%% *}
echo $score
scoretemp2=${score#*NIST score =}
echo "NIST score = $scoretemp2" > $scoredir/$scorefile
newscorefile=$scorebasename-BLEU-$BLEU-NIST-$NIST-$batch_user_note-$lang1-$lang2.F-$scoreTMXdocuments-R-$remove_equal-T-$tokenize.L-$lowercase.whole-doc
echo "===================================================================================" >> $scoredir/$scorefile
mv -f $scoredir/$scorefile $scoredir/$newscorefile
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
fi
cat $scoredir/$newscorefile >> $scoredir/temp
mv $scoredir/temp $scoredir/$newscorefile
remove_garbage
fi
else
filename=${filetoscore##*/}
if [ "$filename" != "*" ]; then
let i=$i+1
echo "--------------------------------------------------------------------"
echo -e "$filename file (in the $mosestranslationdir directory):\n\tName of moses translation file is illegal (doesn't end in '.moses' or includes spaces)."
error_msg="Name of moses translation file is illegal (doesn't end in '.moses' or includes spaces)."
log_wrong_file
continue
fi
fi
fi
done
IFS=$SAVEIFS
echo "--------------------------------------------------------------------"
echo -e "Score finished.\n$i files treated.\nResults directory:\n\t$scoredir"
#=================================================================================================================================================
# Changes in version 0.85
#=================================================================================================================================================
# Allows batch processing of the whole $mosesdir/$translation_output directory
# Extracts automatically the source language and target language, the names of the source file, moses translation file and reference translation file and the batch_user_note
# Checks for more file naming errors and informs about them
# More informative report, even in case of error
# Creation of a new file that lists the translations that could not be scored and the reason why
# Corrects a bug that made it fail when the scorer files included the word "for" in their name
# Maintains SGM scorer because newer scorers have caused us more problems with characters that crashed them (ex: " & " and U+001E)
#=================================================================================================================================================

1538
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/scripts/train-1.11
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

55
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/scripts/transfer-training-to-another-location-0.07
View File

@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/env bash
# transfer-training-to-another-location-0.07
# copyright 2010 João L. A. C. Rosas
# date: 27/02/2010
# licenced under the GPL licence, version 3
# Special thanks to Hilário Leal Fontes and Maria José Machado, who helped to test the script and made very helpful suggestions
# ***Purpose***: Create a copy of your trained corpora that can be used by someone else (even if in another computer) or by you yourself in a different Moses installation (you can have more than one Moses installation in the same computer). Your $mosesdir is written literally (e.g., "/home/john") in several trained corpora files. You have to change that string so that it reflects the $mosesdir to which you want to transfer your trainings. This script locates your $mosesdir string in your trained corpora files and substitutes it by the equivalent $mosesdir string that defines the location where you want your trainings transferred to. It creates a $mosesdir/corpora_trained_for_another_location/newusername directory, within which it will create the corpora_trained and logs directory prepared for the other user/Moses installation. Takes a good while to run if you have trained very large corpora.
############################################################################################################################################
# THIS SCRIPT ASSUMES THAT A IRSTLM AND RANDLM ENABLED MOSES HAS ALREADY BEEN INSTALLED WITH THE create script IN $mosesdir; ITS #
# DEFAULT VALUE IS $HOME/moses-irstlm-randlm; CHANGE THIS VARIABLE IF YOU WANT IT TO REFER TO A DIFFERENT LOCATION. #
# IT ALSO ASSUMES THAT THE TRAINING OF A CORPUS HAS ALREADY BEEN DONE WITH train-moses-irstlm-randlm. #
############################################################################################################################################
############################################################################################################################################
# The values of the variables that follow should be filled according to your needs: #
############################################################################################################################################
# Base dir of your the Moses system (e.g., $HOME/moses-irstlm-randlm) whose trainings you want to transfer (!!! you have to fill this parameter !!!)
mosesdirmine=$HOME/moses-irstlm-randlm
# ***Login name*** of the user to whom the trained corpora will be transferred; ex: "john" (!!! you have to fill this parameter !!!)
newusername=john
# Basedir of the Moses system of the user to which the trained corpora will be transferred; ex: "/media/1.5TB/moses-irstlm-randlm" (!!! you have to fill this parameter !!!)
mosesdirotheruser=
############################################################################################################################################
#end of parameters that you should fill #
############################################################################################################################################
############################################################################################################################################
# DON'T CHANGE THE LINES THAT FOLLOW ... unless you know what you are doing! #
############################################################################################################################################
# Register start date and time of corpus training
startdate=`date +day:%d/%m/%y-time:%H:%M:%S`
#Base dir of trained corpora
corporatraineddir=$mosesdirmine/corpora_trained
#Base dir of copy of your trained corpora prepared to be used by user $newusername
corporatoexchange=$mosesdirmine/corpora_trained_for_another_location/$newusername
if [ ! -d $corporatoexchange ]; then
mkdir -p $corporatoexchange
fi
echo "Please wait. This can take a long time if $mosesdirmine has many trained corpora or especially large trained corpora..."
#copy present corporatraineddir to a safe place
cp -rf $mosesdirmine/corpora_trained $corporatoexchange
cp -rf $mosesdirmine/logs $corporatoexchange
if [ -d $corporatoexchange ]; then
cd $corporatoexchange
grep -lr -e "$mosesdirmine" * | xargs sed -i "s#$mosesdirmine#$mosesdirotheruser#g"
fi
echo ""
echo "Processing done. The trained corpora prepared for user $newusername are located in the $corporatoexchange directory. Please transfer manually its corpora_trained and logs subdirectories to the $mosesdirotheruser directory. YOU ARE STRONGLY ADVISED TO MAKE A BACKUP OF THIS LATTER DIRECTORY BEFORE THAT TRANSFER. After having done it, you can safely erase the $mosesdirmine/corpora_trained_for_another_location directory. Your trained corpora in $mosesdirmine were not changed."
echo "Starting time: $startdate"
echo "End time : `date +day:%d/%m/%y-time:%H:%M:%S`"

453
contrib/moses-for-mere-mortals/scripts/translate-1.32
View File

@ -1,453 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/env bash
# translate-1.32
# copyright 2010 João L. A. C. Rosas
# date: 11/09/2010
# licenced under the GPL licence, version 3
# the Mosesdecoder (http://sourceforge.net/projects/mosesdecoder/), is a tool upon which this script depends that is licenced under the GNU Library or Lesser General Public License (LGPL)
# The comments transcribe parts of the Moses manual (http://www.statmt.org/moses/manual/manual.pdf).
# Special thanks to Hilário Leal Fontes and Maria José Machado, who helped to test the script and made very helpful suggestions
# ***Purpose***: Given a set of documents for translation in $mosesdir/translation_input, this script produces the Moses translation of that set of documents. If its $translate_for_tmx parameter is set to 1, it segments better the input file, erases empty and repeated segments and some types of segments containing just non-alphabetic characters and produces a translation adapted to the TMX specification of translation memories. The modified input file and its translation are placed in the $mosesdir/files_for_tmx directory. If the $translate_for_tmx is set to a value different from 1, this script translates the unchanged input document and its translation is placed in the $mosesdir/translation_output directory.
############################################################################################################################################
# THIS SCRIPT ASSUMES THAT A IRSTLM AND RANDLM ENABLED MOSES HAS ALREADY BEEN INSTALLED WITH the create script IN $mosesdir, WHOSE #
# DEFAULT VALUE IS $HOME/moses-irstlm-randlm; CHANGE THIS VARIABLE IF YOU WANT IT TO REFER TO A DIFFERENT LOCATION. #
# IT ALSO ASSUMES THAT THE TRAINING OF A CORPUS HAS ALREADY BEEN DONE WITH THE train script. #
# IT FINALLY ASSUMES THAT YOU HAVE PLACED THE DOCUMENTS TO BE TRANSLATED IN THE $mosesdir/translation_input DIRECTORY #
#^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ #
# !!! The names of the files to be translated should not include spaces !!! #
#^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ #
#^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ #
# The names of the files to be translated MUST observe the following convention: #
# <basename>.<abbreviation of source language> (ex: 100.en) #
#^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ #
############################################################################################################################################
############################################################################################################################################
# The values of the variables that follow should be filled according to your needs: #
############################################################################################################################################
#Full path of the base directory location of your Moses system
mosesdir=$HOME/moses-irstlm-randlm
#^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
# Even if you are using the demonstration corpus, you have to fill the $logfile parameter so that the script can be executed !!!
#^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
#Name of the log file of the corpus to be used (time-saving tip: copy and paste it here; the default directory of the log files is $mosesdir/logs); example of a possible name of a log file: pt-en.C-200000.for_train-60-1.LM-300000.MM-1.day-18-01-10-time-14-08-50.txt) (!!! omit the path !!!; you MUST fill in this parameter !!!)
logfile=
#Create a translation report when translations are finished; 1 = Do; Any other value = Do not
create_translation_report=1
#-----------------------------------------------------*** TMX OPTIONS ***---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#Process both the document to be translated and the Moses translation so that the machine translation can be used with a translation memory tool
#^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
#!!! If you set this parameter to 1, you MUST NOT use the score script unless the $othercleanings, $improvesegmentation and $ removeduplicates parameters are all set to 0 and $minseglen is set to -1, since this processing changes the order of the segments and can also make the source document have a number of segments that is different from the number of segments of the reference translation (namely because it can delete some segments and/or add some new ones) !!!
#^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
translate_for_tmx=0
#Minimal length of sentences; -1=any length; any other value=segments with less than $minseglen will be erased ( !!! only active if translate_for_tmx =1 !!!)
minseglen=-1
#Substitute tabulation signs by newlines and remove lines composed only of digits, spaces and parentheses ( !!! only active if translate_for_tmx = 1 !!!)
othercleanings=1
# Substitute any of the characters [:;.!?] followed by a space by that character followed by a newline; delete empty lines; substitute doublespaces by one space ( !!! only active if translate_for_tmx = 1 !!!)
improvesegmentation=1
#Sort segments and remove those segments that are identical ( !!! only active if translate_for_tmx =1 !!! )
removeduplicates=1
#-----------------------------------------------------*** MOSES DECODER PARAMETERS ***--------------------------------------------------------------------
#***** QUALITY TUNING:
# Weights for phrase translation table (good values: 0.1-1; default: 1); ensures that the phrases are good translations of each other
weight_t=1
# Weights for language model (good values: 0.1-1; default: 1); ensures that output is fluent in target language
weight_l=1
# Weights for reordering model (good values: 0.1-1; default: 1); allows reordering of the input sentence
weight_d=1
# Weights for word penalty (good values: -3 to 3; default: 0; negative values favor large output; positive values favour short output); ensures translations do not get too long or too short
weight_w=0
#------------------------------------------
# Use Minumum Bayes Risk (MBR) decoding (1 = Do; Any other value = do not); instead of outputting the translation with the highest probability, MBR decoding outputs the translation that is most similar to the most likely translations.
mbr=0
# Number of translation candidates consider. MBR decoding uses by default the top 200 distinct candidate translations to find the translation with minimum Bayes risk
mbrsize=200
# Scaling factor used to adjust the translation scores (default = 1.0)
mbrscale=1.0
# Adds walls around punctuation ,.!?:;". 1= Do; Any other value = do not. Specifying reordering constraints around punctuation is often a good idea. TODO not sure it does not require annotation of the corpus to be trained
monotoneatpunctuation=0
#***** SPEED TUNING:
# Fixed limit for how many translation options are retrieved for each input phrase (0 = no limit; positive value = number of translation options per phrase)
ttablelimit=20
# Use the relative scores of hypothesis for pruning, instead of a fixed limit (0= no pruning; decimal value = more pruning)
beamthreshold=0
# Threshold for constructing hypotheses based on estimate cost (default: 0 = not used). During the beam search, many hypotheses are created that are too bad to be even entered on a stack. For many of them, it is even clear before the construction of the hypothesis that it would be not useful. Early discarding of such hypotheses hazards a guess about their viability. This is based on correct score except for the actual language model costs which are very expensive to compute. Hypotheses that, according to this estimate, are worse than the worst hypothesis of the target stack, even given an additional specified threshold as cushion, are not constructed at all. This often speeds up decoding significantly. Try threshold factors between 0.5 and 1
earlydiscardingthreshold=0
#^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
#To get faster performance than the default Moses setting at roughly the same performance, use the parameter settings $searchalgorithm=1, $cubepruningpoplimit=2000 and $stack=2000. With cube pruning, the size of the stack has little impact on performance, so it should be set rather high. The speed/quality trade-off is mostly regulated by the -cube-pruning-pop-limit, i.e. the number of hypotheses added to each stack
#^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
# Search algorithm; cube pruning is faster than the traditional search at comparable levels of search errors; 0 = default; 1 = turns on cube pruning
searchalgorithm=0
# Number of hypotheses added to each stack; only a fixed number of hypotheses are generated for each span; default is 1000, higher numbers slow down the decoder, may result in better quality
cubepruningpoplimit=1000
# Reduce size of hypothesis stack, that keeps the best partial translations (=beam); default: 100
stack=100
# Maximum phrase length (default: 20) TODO not sure to what it refers
maxphraselength=20
# ****** SPEED AND QUALITY TUNING
# Minimum number of hypotheses from each coverage pattern; you may also require that a minimum number of hypotheses is added for each word coverage (they may be still pruned out, however). This is done using the switch -cube-pruning-diversity, which sets the minimum. The default is 0
cubepruningdiversity=0
# Distortion (reordering) limit in maximum number of words (0 = monotone; -1 = unlimited ; any other positive value = maximal number of words; default:6)); limiting distortion often increases speed and quality
distortionlimit=6
############################################################################################################################################
#end of parameters that you should fill #
############################################################################################################################################
############################################################################################################################################
# DON'T CHANGE THE LINES THAT FOLLOW ... unless you know what you are doing! #
############################################################################################################################################
startdate=`date +day:%d/%m/%y-time:%H:%M:%S`
echo "********************************** DO PREPARATORY WORK:"
#to avoid *** glibc detected *** errors with moses compiler
export MALLOC_CHECK_=0
if [ "$logfile" = "" ]; then
echo "In order to use this script, you have to at least fill its \$logfile parameter. Its allowable values are the names of the files located in $mosesdir/logs. You should also not forget to put the files to be translated in the $mosesdir/translation_input directory. Exiting ..."
exit 0
fi
echo "****** Set some important directories"
#Base directory of corpora training logfiles
logdir=$mosesdir/logs
#Name of the directory where files to be translated are placed by the user
docs_to_translate_dir="$mosesdir/translation_input"
#Name of the directory where reference (man-made) translated files are located
translation_reference_dir="$mosesdir/translation_reference"
#Name of the directory where translated files not to be used to create TMX files are placed
translated_docs_dir="$mosesdir/translation_output"
#Name of the directory where translated files used to create a TMX memory are placed (both source and target segments will be placed there)
commonplacefortmx="$mosesdir/translation_files_for_tmx"
if [ "$translate_for_tmx" = "1" ]; then
outputdir=$commonplacefortmx
else
outputdir=$translated_docs_dir
fi
#Full path of the trained corpus files directory
workdir=$mosesdir/corpora_trained
#Full path of the tools (Moses, etc.) directory
toolsdir=$mosesdir/tools
stampdate=`date +day-%d-%m-%y-time-%H-%M-%S`
#Full path of a temporary directory used for translating
tmp=$mosesdir/$stampdate
echo "check that log file exists"
if [ ! -f $logdir/$logfile ]; then
echo "The log file you are trying to use ($logdir/$logfile) does not exist (please check). You may be using a log file of a previous training that you have already moved or erased. Exiting ..."
exit 0
fi
if `echo ${logfile} | grep "!!!INVALID!!!" 1>/dev/null 2>&1`; then
echo "The log file you are trying to use ($logdir/$logfile) points to a deficiently trained corpus. Exiting ..."
exit 0
fi
echo "****** Set some important variables"
#Extract first language name
lang1=`grep lang1 $logdir/$logfile | sed -e 's/.*lang1=\(\S*\).*/\1/g'`
#Extract second language name
lang2=`grep lang2 $logdir/$logfile | sed -e 's/.*lang2=\(\S*\).*/\1/g'`
#Extract corpus name
corpusbasename=`grep corpusbasename $logdir/$logfile | sed -e 's/.*corpusbasename=\(\S*\).*/\1/g'`
#Extract language parameters
lngmdlparameters=`grep language-model-parameters $logdir/$logfile | sed -e 's/.*language-model-parameters=\(\S*\).*/\1/g'`
#Extract LM name
lmbasenametemp=${lngmdlparameters#LM-*}
lmbasename=${lmbasenametemp%%-*}
#Extract training parameters
trainingparameters=`grep training-parameters $logdir/$logfile | sed -e 's/\/*training-parameters=\(\S*\)*$/\1/g'`
#Extract memorymapping parameters
mm=`grep memory-mapping-parameters $logdir/$logfile | sed -e 's/\/*memory-mapping-parameters=\(\S*\)*$/\1/g'`
param=`grep memory-mapping-extra-parameters $logdir/$logfile | sed -e 's/\/*memory-mapping-extra-parameters=\(\S*\)*$/\1/g'`
tuningparameters=`grep tuning-parameters $logdir/$logfile | sed -e 's/\/*tuning-parameters=\(\S*\)*$/\1/g'`
if [ "$tuningparameters" != "Tu-0" ]; then
tuning=1
else
tuning=0
fi
#Extract $MinLen parameter
MinLen=`grep minseglen $logdir/$logfile | sed -e 's/\/*minseglen=\(\S*\)*$/\1/g'`
#Extract $MaxLen parameter
MaxLen=`grep maxlen $logdir/$logfile | sed -e 's/\/*maxlen=\(\S*\)*$/\1/g'`
#Extract $recaserbasename parameter
recaserbasename=`grep recaserbasename $logdir/$logfile | sed -e 's/\/*recaserbasename=\(\S*\)*$/\1/g'`
reportname="translation_summary-`date +day-%d-%m-%y-time-%H-%M-%S`"
echo "****** Build name of directories where training files are located"
#Full path of the tools directory (giza, irstlm, moses, scripts, ...)
toolsdir="$mosesdir/tools"
#Full path of the tools subdirectory where modified scripts are located
modifiedscriptsdir="$toolsdir/modified-scripts"
#Full path of the files used for training (corpus, language model, recaser, tuning, evaluation)
datadir="$mosesdir/corpora_for_training"
#Full path of the training logs
logsdir="$mosesdir/logs"
#Full path of the base directory where your corpus will be processed (corpus, model, lm, evaluation, recaser)
workdir="$mosesdir/corpora_trained"
#Full path of the language model directory
lmdir="$workdir/lm/$lang2/$lngmdlparameters"
#Full path of the tokenized files directory
tokdir="$workdir/tok"
#Full path of the cleaned files directory
cleandir="$workdir/clean/MinLen-$MinLen.MaxLen-$MaxLen"
#Full path of the lowercased (after cleaning) files directory
lc_clean_dir="$workdir/lc_clean/MinLen-$MinLen.MaxLen-$MaxLen"
#Full path of the lowercased (and not cleaned) files directory
lc_no_clean_dir="$workdir/lc_no_clean"
#Full path of the trained corpus files directory
modeldir="$workdir/model/$lang1-$lang2-$corpusbasename.$lngmdlparameters/$trainingparameters"
#Root-dir parameter of Moses
rootdir=$modeldir
#Full path of the memory-mapped files directory
memmapsdir="$workdir/memmaps/$lang1-$lang2-$corpusbasename.$lngmdlparameters/$trainingparameters"
if [ "$mm" = "1" ]; then
mmparameters="M-1"
else
mmparameters="M-0"
fi
#Full path of the recaser files directory
recaserdir="$workdir/recaser/$lang2/$recaserbasename-IRSTLM"
#Full path of the detokenized files directory
detokdir="$workdir/detok/$lang2/$testbasename"
#Full path of the tuning files directory
tuningdir="$workdir/tuning/$lang1-$lang2-$corpusbasename.$lngmdlparameters.$mmparameters.$tuningparameters/$trainingparameters"
#Choose the moses.ini file that best reflects the type of training done
echo "using $mosesinidir"
if [ "$tuning" = "1" ]; then
mosesinidir=$tuningdir/moses.weight-reused.ini
elif [ "$mm" = "1" ]; then
mosesinidir=$memmapsdir/moses.ini
else
mosesinidir=$modeldir/moses.ini
fi
echo "****** Create auxiliary routines"
#function that avoids some unwanted effects of interrupting training
control_c() {
echo "******* Script interrupted by CTRL + C."
exit 0
}
trap control_c SIGINT
#function that checks whether a trained corpus exists already
checktrainedcorpusexists() {
if [ ! -f $lmdir/$lang2.$lngmdlparameters.blm.mm -a ! -f $lmdir/$lang2.$lngmdlparameters.BloomMap ]; then
echo "The trained corpus you are trying to use ($logdir/$logfile) wasn't correctly trained or does not exist. Its language model (for instance, file $lmdir/$lang2.$lngmdlparameters.blm.mm ***or** file $lmdir/$lang2.$lngmdlparameters.BloomMap) does not exist. Please train or retrain it, or use another trained corpus. Exiting ..."
exit 0
fi
if [ ! -f $recaserdir/phrase-table.$lang2.$recaserbasename.binphr.tgtvoc ]; then
echo "The trained corpus you are trying to use ($logdir/$logfile) wasn't correctly trained or does not exist. Its recaser training (for instance, file $recaserdir/phrase-table.$lang2.$recaserbasename.binphr.tgtvoc) does not exist. Please train or retrain it, or use another trained corpus. Exiting ..."
exit 0
fi
if [ ! -f $mosesinidir -o ! -d $modeldir ]; then
echo "The trained corpus you are trying to use ('$logdir/$logfile') wasn't correctly trained or does not exist. Its moses.ini file ($mosesinidir) ***or*** its training model directory ($modeldir) does not exist. Please train or retrain it, or use another trained corpus. Exiting ..."
exit 0
fi
if [ ! -f $memmapsdir/reordering-table.$corpusbasename.$lang1-$lang2.$param.binlexr.srctree ]; then
echo "The trained corpus you are trying to use ($logdir/$logfile) wasn't correctly trained. You have chosen to train it with memory-mapping and the memory-mapping files (for instance, $memmapsdir/reordering-table.$corpusbasename.$lang1-$lang2.$param.binlexr.srctree) do not exist. Please train or retrain it, or use another trained corpus. Exiting ..."
exit 0
fi
}
echo "****** Check that selected training is OK"
checktrainedcorpusexists
echo "****** Create some necessary directories if they do not yet exist"
if [ ! -d $commonplacefortmx ]; then mkdir -p $commonplacefortmx; fi
if [ ! -d $docs_to_translate_dir ]; then
mkdir -p $docs_to_translate_dir
echo "You need to put the file(s) you want to translate in the $docs_to_translate_dir directory."
exit 0
fi
if [ ! -d $translated_docs_dir ]; then mkdir -p $translated_docs_dir; fi
if [ ! -d $translation_reference_dir ]; then mkdir -p $translation_reference_dir; fi
if [ ! -d $tmp ]; then mkdir -p $tmp; fi
echo "****** Export some important variables"
#base directory of Moses scripts
export SCRIPTS_ROOTDIR=$toolsdir/moses/scripts*
export IRSTLM=$toolsdir/irstlm
export PATH=$toolsdir/irstlm/bin/i686:$toolsdir/irstlm/bin:$PATH
export RANDLM=$toolsdir/randlm
export PATH=$toolsdir/randlm/bin:$PATH
export PATH=$toolsdir/mgiza:$PATH
export QMT_HOME=$toolsdir/mgiza
export corpusbasename
export lmbasename
export lang1
export lang2
echo "********************************** TRANSLATE:"
numtranslateddocs=0
if (( $minseglen > 0 )); then
let "minseglen -= 1"
fi
tmpfilename=`date +day-%d-%m-%y-time-%H-%M-%S`
#Prepare and translate all the files in $docs_to_translate_dir OR do the demo of this script; present the results in $translated_docs_dir
for filetotranslate in $docs_to_translate_dir/*; do
echo $filetotranslate
if [ -f $filetotranslate ]; then
echo "********* $filetotranslate"
fromdos $filetotranslate
tr '\a\b\f\r\v|' ' /' < $filetotranslate > $filetotranslate.tmp
mv $filetotranslate.tmp $filetotranslate
name=${filetotranslate##*/}
if [ ! -f $outputdir/$name.$lang2.moses ]; then
if [ "$translate_for_tmx" = "1" ]; then
cp $filetotranslate $tmp/$name
echo "*** remove segments with less than $minseglen characters"
if (( $minseglen > 0 )); then
sed "/^.\{1,$minseglen\}$/d" < $tmp/$name > $tmp/$tmpfilename.txt
mv $tmp/$tmpfilename.txt $tmp/$name
fi
echo "*** clean segments with non-alphanumeric characters"
if [ "$othercleanings" = "1" ]; then
sed "s#\t#\n#g; /^[0-9]\+$/d; /^[0-9.)( ]\+$/d" < $tmp/$name > $tmp/$tmpfilename.txt
mv $tmp/$tmpfilename.txt $tmp/$name
fi
echo "*** improve segmentation"
if [ "$improvesegmentation" = "1" ]; then
sed "s#\: #\:\n#g; s#\. #.\n#g; s#\; #\;\n#g; s#\! #\!\n#g; s#\? #\?\n#g; s# # #g; s# # #g; s# # #g; s# # #g; s# # #g; s# # #g; s# # #g; /^$/d; /^$/d; /^$/d; /^$/d; /^$/d; /^$/d; /^ $/d" < $tmp/$name > $tmp/$tmpfilename.txt
mv $tmp/$tmpfilename.txt $tmp/$name
fi
echo "*** sort and then remove duplicates"
if [ "$removeduplicates" = "1" ]; then
awk '!($0 in a) {a[$0];print}' $tmp/$name > $tmp/$tmpfilename.txt
mv $tmp/$tmpfilename.txt $tmp/$name
fi
cp $tmp/$name $commonplacefortmx
fi
let "numtranslateddocs += 1"
if [ "$translate_for_tmx" = "1" ]; then
$toolsdir/scripts/tokenizer.perl -l $lang1 < $tmp/$name > $tmp/$name.tok
else
$toolsdir/scripts/tokenizer.perl -l $lang1 < $filetotranslate > $tmp/$name.tok
fi
$toolsdir/scripts/lowercase.perl < $tmp/$name.tok > $tmp/$name.lowercase
echo "****** Translate"
$toolsdir/moses/moses-cmd/src/moses -f $mosesinidir -weight-t $weight_t -weight-l $weight_l -weight-d $weight_d -weight-w $weight_w -mbr $mbr -mbr-size $mbrsize -mbr-scale $mbrscale -monotone-at-punctuation $monotoneatpunctuation -ttable-limit $ttablelimit -b $beamthreshold -early-discarding-threshold $earlydiscardingthreshold -search-algorithm $searchalgorithm -cube-pruning-pop-limit $cubepruningpoplimit -s $stack -max-phrase-length $maxphraselength -cube-pruning-diversity $cubepruningdiversity -distortion-limit $distortionlimit < $tmp/$name.lowercase > $tmp/$name.$lang2
if [ -f $recaserdir/moses.ini ]; then
echo "****** Recase the output"
$toolsdir/moses/script*/recaser/recase.perl -model $recaserdir/moses.ini -in $tmp/$name.$lang2 -moses $toolsdir/moses/moses-cmd/src/moses > $tmp/$name.$lang2.recased
recased=1
fi
echo "****** Detokenize the output"
if [ "$recased" = "1" ]; then
$toolsdir/scripts/detokenizer.perl -l $lang2 < $tmp/$name.$lang2.recased > $tmp/$name.$lang2.txt
else
$toolsdir/scripts/detokenizer.perl -l $lang2 < $tmp/$name.$lang2 > $tmp/$name.$lang2.txt
fi
if [ "$translate_for_tmx" = "1" ]; then
sed "s#<#\&lt\;#g; s#>#\&gt\;#g; s#'#\&apos\;#g; s#\"#\&quot\;#g; s# / #/#g" < $tmp/$name.$lang2.txt > $commonplacefortmx/$name.$lang2.moses
sed "s#<#\&lt\;#g; s#>#\&gt\;#g; s#'#\&apos\;#g; s#\"#\&quot\;#g; s# / #/#g" < $tmp/$name > $commonplacefortmx/$name
else
sed 's# / #/#g; s/\\$/\\ /g' < $tmp/$name.$lang2.txt > $tmp/$name.$lang2.txt1
cp -f $tmp/$name.$lang2.txt1 $outputdir/$name.$lang2.moses
fi
else
echo "Document $name has already been translated to $outputdir/$name.$lang2. Translation will not be repeated."
fi
fi
done
#Remove the now superfluous $mosesdir/temp directory
if [ -d $tmp ]; then
rm -rf $tmp
fi
if [ "$numtranslateddocs" = "0" ]; then
echo "The \$docs_to_translate_dir ($docs_to_translate_dir) has no new documents to be translated. You should place there the documents you want to translate. It should have no subdirectories. Exiting ..."
`find $tmp -type d -empty -exec rmdir {} \; 2>/dev/null`
exit 0
fi
if [ $create_translation_report -eq 1 ]; then
echo "********************************** BUILD TRANSLATION REPORT:"
echo "*** Script version ***: translate-1.32" > $outputdir/$reportname
echo "========================================================================" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "*** Duration ***: " >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "========================================================================" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "Start time: $startdate" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "End time: `date +day:%d/%m/%y-time:%H:%M:%S`" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "========================================================================" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "*** Moses base directory ***: $mosesdir" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "========================================================================" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "*** Languages*** :" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "========================================================================" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "Source language: $lang1" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "Destination language: $lang2" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "========================================================================" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "*** Trained corpus used ***:" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "========================================================================" >> $outputdir/$reportname
if [[ ${logfile-_} ]]; then
echo "$logfile" >> $outputdir/$reportname
fi
echo "========================================================================" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "*** Translated Files ***:" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "========================================================================" >> $outputdir/$reportname
for filetotranslate in $docs_to_translate_dir/*.*; do
if [[ ${filetotranslate-_} ]]; then
echo "$filetotranslate" >> $outputdir/$reportname
fi
done
echo "========================================================================" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "*** TMX parameters ***:" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "========================================================================" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "translate_for_tmx=$translate_for_tmx" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "minseglen=$minseglen" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "========================================================================" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "*** Moses decoder parameters ***:" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "========================================================================" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "********** Quality parameters **************" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "weight-t=$weight_t" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "weight-l=$weight_l" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "weight-d=$weight_d" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "weight-w=$weight_w" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "mbr=$mbr" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "mbr-size=$mbrsize" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "mbr-scale=$mbrscale" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "monotone-at-punctuation=$monotoneatpunctuation" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "********** Speed parameters ****************" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "ttable-limit=$ttablelimit" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "beam-threshold=$beamthreshold" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "early-discarding-threshold=$earlydiscardingthreshold" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "search-algorithm=$searchalgorithm" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "cube-pruning-pop-limit=$cubepruningpoplimit" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "stack=$stack" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "maxphraselength=$maxphraselength" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "********** Quality and speed parameters ****" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "cube-pruning-diversity=$cubepruningdiversity" >> $outputdir/$reportname
echo "distortion-limit=$distortionlimit" >> $outputdir/$reportname
fi
`find $tmp -type d -empty -exec rmdir {} \; 2>/dev/null`
echo "Translation finished. The translations and a summary report of the translation are located in the $outputdir directory."
#=================================================================================================================================================
#Changed in version 1.32
#=================================================================================================================================================
# Adaptation to a change in the tofrodos package upon which this script depends
# Better reactivity to user errors
#=================================================================================================================================================
#Changed in version 1.26
#=================================================================================================================================================
# Appends to the end of the name of the translated files ".$lang2.moses"
# Does not translate files already translated
# Tells user what to do if the $logfile parameter wasn't set
# Special processing of translated files that will be used with a translation memory tool

2
moses/src/LM/Base.h
View File

@ -84,6 +84,8 @@ public:
* \param oovCount number of LM OOVs
*/
virtual void CalcScore(const Phrase &phrase, float &fullScore, float &ngramScore, std::size_t &oovCount) const = 0;
virtual void CalcScoreFromCache(const Phrase &phrase, float &fullScore, float &ngramScore, std::size_t &oovCount) const {
}
virtual void IssueRequestsFor(Hypothesis& hypo,
const FFState* input_state) {

46
moses/src/LM/LDHT.cpp
View File

@ -87,6 +87,10 @@ public:
float& fullScore,
float& ngramScore,
std::size_t& oovCount) const;
virtual void CalcScoreFromCache(const Phrase& phrase,
float& fullScore,
float& ngramScore,
std::size_t& oovCount) const;
FFState* Evaluate(const Hypothesis& hypo,
const FFState* input_state,
ScoreComponentCollection* score_output) const;
@ -105,6 +109,7 @@ protected:
std::string m_configPath;
FactorType m_factorType;
int m_state_idx;
int m_calc_score_count;
uint64_t m_start_tick;
};
@ -121,6 +126,7 @@ LanguageModelLDHT::LanguageModelLDHT() : LanguageModel(), m_client(NULL) {
LanguageModelLDHT::LanguageModelLDHT(ScoreIndexManager& manager,
LanguageModelLDHT& copyFrom) {
m_calc_score_count = 0;
//m_client = copyFrom.m_client;
m_factorType = copyFrom.m_factorType;
m_configPath = copyFrom.m_configPath;
@ -214,8 +220,45 @@ void LanguageModelLDHT::CalcScore(const Phrase& phrase,
float& fullScore,
float& ngramScore,
std::size_t& oovCount) const {
const_cast<LanguageModelLDHT*>(this)->m_calc_score_count++;
if (m_calc_score_count > 10000) {
const_cast<LanguageModelLDHT*>(this)->m_calc_score_count = 0;
const_cast<LanguageModelLDHT*>(this)->sync();
}
// TODO(wilson): handle nonterminal words.
LDHT::Client* client = getClientUnsafe();
// Score the first order - 1 words of the phrase.
int order = LDHT::NewNgram::k_max_order;
int prefix_start = 0;
int prefix_end = std::min(phrase.GetSize(), static_cast<size_t>(order - 1));
LDHT::NewNgram ngram;
for (int word_idx = prefix_start; word_idx < prefix_end; ++word_idx) {
ngram.appendGram(phrase.GetWord(word_idx)
.GetFactor(m_factorType)->GetString().c_str());
client->requestNgram(ngram);
}
// Now score all subsequent ngrams to end of phrase.
int internal_start = prefix_end;
int internal_end = phrase.GetSize();
for (int word_idx = internal_start; word_idx < internal_end; ++word_idx) {
ngram.appendGram(phrase.GetWord(word_idx)
.GetFactor(m_factorType)->GetString().c_str());
client->requestNgram(ngram);
}
fullScore = 0;
ngramScore = 0;
oovCount = 0;
}
void LanguageModelLDHT::CalcScoreFromCache(const Phrase& phrase,
float& fullScore,
float& ngramScore,
std::size_t& oovCount) const {
// Issue requests for phrase internal ngrams.
// Sync if necessary. (or autosync).
const_cast<LanguageModelLDHT*>(this)->sync();
// TODO(wilson): handle nonterminal words.
LDHT::Client* client = getClientUnsafe();
@ -241,7 +284,7 @@ void LanguageModelLDHT::CalcScore(const Phrase& phrase,
}
// Wait for resposes from the servers.
client->awaitResponses();
//client->awaitResponses();
// Calculate the full phrase score, and the internal score.
fullScore = 0.0;
@ -315,6 +358,7 @@ void LanguageModelLDHT::IssueRequestsFor(Hypothesis& hypo,
}
void LanguageModelLDHT::sync() {
m_calc_score_count = 0;
getClientUnsafe()->awaitResponses();
}

5
moses/src/SearchNormalBatch.cpp
View File

@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ SearchNormalBatch::SearchNormalBatch(Manager& manager, const InputType &source,
:SearchNormal(manager, source, transOptColl)
,m_batch_size(10000)
{
m_max_stack_size = StaticData::Instance().GetMaxHypoStackSize();
// Split the feature functions into sets of stateless, stateful
// distributed lm, and stateful non-distributed.
@ -77,6 +78,7 @@ void SearchNormalBatch::ProcessSentence()
Hypothesis &hypothesis = **iterHypo;
ProcessOneHypothesis(hypothesis); // expand the hypothesis
}
EvalAndMergePartialHypos();
// some logging
IFVERBOSE(2) {
@ -87,6 +89,8 @@ void SearchNormalBatch::ProcessSentence()
actual_hypoStack = &sourceHypoColl;
}
EvalAndMergePartialHypos();
// some more logging
IFVERBOSE(2) {
m_manager.GetSentenceStats().SetTimeTotal( clock()-m_start );
@ -204,7 +208,6 @@ void SearchNormalBatch::EvalAndMergePartialHypos() {
}
m_partial_hypos.clear();
std::vector < HypothesisStack* >::iterator stack_iter;
HypothesisStackNormal* stack;
for (stack_iter = m_hypoStackColl.begin();

1
moses/src/SearchNormalBatch.h
View File

@ -21,7 +21,6 @@ protected:
std::vector<Hypothesis*> m_partial_hypos;
int m_batch_size;
int m_max_stack_size;
void EvalAndMerge();
// functions for creating hypotheses
void ExpandHypothesis(const Hypothesis &hypothesis,const TranslationOption &transOpt, float expectedScore);

3
moses/src/TargetPhrase.h
View File

@ -126,6 +126,9 @@ public:
inline float GetFutureScore() const {
return m_fullScore;
}
inline void SetFutureScore(float fullScore) {
m_fullScore = fullScore;
}
inline const ScoreComponentCollection &GetScoreBreakdown() const {
return m_scoreBreakdown;
}

69
moses/src/TranslationOptionCollection.cpp
View File

@ -398,6 +398,9 @@ void TranslationOptionCollection::CreateTranslationOptions()
VERBOSE(2,"Translation Option Collection\n " << *this << endl);
// Incorporate distributed lm scores.
IncorporateDLMScores();
ProcessUnknownWord();
// Prune
@ -412,6 +415,72 @@ void TranslationOptionCollection::CreateTranslationOptions()
CacheLexReordering();
}
void TranslationOptionCollection::IncorporateDLMScores() {
// Build list of dlms.
const vector<const StatefulFeatureFunction*>& ffs =
m_system->GetStatefulFeatureFunctions();
std::map<int, LanguageModel*> dlm_ffs;
for (unsigned i = 0; i < ffs.size(); ++i) {
if (ffs[i]->GetScoreProducerDescription() == "DLM_5gram") {
dlm_ffs[i] = const_cast<LanguageModel*>(static_cast<const LanguageModel* const>(ffs[i]));
dlm_ffs[i]->SetFFStateIdx(i);
}
}
// Don't need to do anything if we don't have any distributed
// language models.
if (dlm_ffs.size() == 0) {
return;
}
// Iterate over all translation options in the collection.
std::vector< std::vector< TranslationOptionList > >::iterator start_iter;
for (start_iter = m_collection.begin();
start_iter != m_collection.end();
++start_iter) {
std::vector< TranslationOptionList >::iterator end_iter;
for (end_iter = (*start_iter).begin();
end_iter != (*start_iter).end();
++end_iter) {
std::vector< TranslationOption* >::iterator option_iter;
for (option_iter = (*end_iter).begin();
option_iter != (*end_iter).end();
++option_iter) {
// Get a handle on the current translation option.
TranslationOption* option = *option_iter;
std::map<int, LanguageModel*>::iterator dlm_iter;
for (dlm_iter = dlm_ffs.begin();
dlm_iter != dlm_ffs.end();
++dlm_iter) {
LanguageModel* dlm = (*dlm_iter).second;
float full_score;
float ngram_score;
size_t oov_count;
TargetPhrase& phrase =
const_cast<TargetPhrase&>(option->GetTargetPhrase());
dlm->CalcScoreFromCache(phrase,
full_score,
ngram_score,
oov_count);
ScoreComponentCollection& option_scores =
const_cast<ScoreComponentCollection&>(option->GetScoreBreakdown());
option_scores.Assign(dlm, ngram_score);
ScoreComponentCollection& phrase_scores =
const_cast<ScoreComponentCollection&>(phrase.GetScoreBreakdown());
phrase_scores.Assign(dlm, ngram_score);
float weighted_score = full_score * dlm->GetWeight();
phrase.SetFutureScore(phrase.GetFutureScore() + weighted_score);
}
}
}
}
}
void TranslationOptionCollection::Sort()
{
size_t size = m_source.GetSize();

3
moses/src/TranslationOptionCollection.h
View File

@ -80,6 +80,9 @@ protected:
void ProcessUnknownWord();
//! special handling of ONE unknown words.
virtual void ProcessOneUnknownWord(const Word &sourceWord, size_t sourcePos, size_t length = 1, const Scores *inputScores = NULL);
void IncorporateDLMScores();
//! pruning: only keep the top n (m_maxNoTransOptPerCoverage) elements */
void Prune();

2
scripts/ems/experiment.perl
View File

@ -1904,7 +1904,7 @@ sub define_training_create_config {
$cmd .= "-additional-ini '$additional_ini' " if defined($additional_ini);
# sparse lexical features provide additional content for config file
$cmd .= "-additional-ini-file $sparse_lexical_features.ini " if defined($sparse_lexical_features);
$cmd .= "-additional-ini-file $sparse_lexical_features.ini " if $sparse_lexical_features;
&create_step($step_id,$cmd);
}

2
scripts/generic/multi-bleu.perl
View File

@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ while(<STDIN>) {
foreach my $reference (@{$REF[$s]}) {
# print "$s $_ <=> $reference\n";
$reference = lc($reference) if $lowercase;
my @WORD = split(/ /,$reference);
my @WORD = split(' ',$reference);
my $length = scalar(@WORD);
my $diff = abs($length_translation_this_sentence-$length);
if ($diff < $closest_diff) {

207
scripts/training/reduce-topt-count.pl Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl
# given a moses.ini, filter the phrase tables to contain
# only ttable-limit options per source phrase
#
# outputs new phrase tables and updated moses.ini into targetdir
#
# usage: reduce-topt-count.pl moses.ini targetdir
use strict;
use warnings;
use File::Basename;
use File::Path;
use POSIX;
use List::Util qw( min sum );
my ($ini_file, $targetdir) = @ARGV;
if (! defined $targetdir) {
die "usage: reduce-topt-count.pl moses.ini targetdir\n"
}
my %ttables;
my $ini_hdl = my_open($ini_file);
my $outini_hdl = my_save("$targetdir/moses.ini");
my $section = "";
my %section_handlers = (
'ttable-file' => read_ttable_file(),
'ttable-limit' => read_ttable_limit(),
'weight-t' => read_weight_t()
);
# print header for updated moses.ini
my $timestamp = POSIX::strftime("%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S", localtime);
print $outini_hdl <<"END";
# Generated by reduce-topt-count.pl at $timestamp
# Original file: $ini_file
END
# load original moses.ini & generate new moses.ini
while (<$ini_hdl>) {
chomp(my $line = $_);
my $do_print = 1;
if ($line =~ m/^\s*#/ || $line =~ m/^\s*$/) {
#ignore empty and commented lines
} elsif ($line =~ m/^\[(.*)\]/) {
$section = $1; # start of a new section
} else {
if (defined $section_handlers{$section}) {
# call appropriate section handler;
# handlers are also responsible for printing out
# (possibly modified) line into new moses.ini
$do_print = 0;
$section_handlers{$section}->($line, $outini_hdl);
}
}
if ($do_print) {
print $outini_hdl "$line\n";
}
}
close $outini_hdl;
# write filtered phrase tables
for my $ttable (keys %ttables) {
filter_table($ttables{$ttable});
}
# filter phrase tables
## subroutines
sub read_ttable_file
{
my $ttable_id = 0;
return sub {
my ($line, $outhdl) = @_;
if ($line !~ m/^(\d+) ([\d\,\-]+) ([\d\,\-]+) (\d+) (\S+)$/) {
die "Format not recognized: $line";
}
my ($type, $srcfacts, $tgtfacts, $numscores, $file) = ($1, $2, $3, $4, $5);
if ($type != 0) {
die "Cannot work with ttables of type $type";
}
$ttables{$ttable_id} = {
file => $file,
scores => $numscores
};
print $outhdl
"$type $srcfacts $tgtfacts $numscores $targetdir/", basename($file), "\n";
$ttable_id++;
}
}
sub read_ttable_limit
{
my $ttable_id = 0;
return sub {
my ($line, $outhdl) = @_;
$ttables{$ttable_id}->{limit} = $line;
print $outhdl "$line\n";
$ttable_id++;
}
}
sub read_weight_t
{
my $weight_idx = 0;
my $ttable_id = 0;
return sub {
my ($line, $outhdl) = @_;
if ($ttables{$ttable_id}->{scores} == $weight_idx) {
$weight_idx = 0;
$ttable_id++;
}
push @{ $ttables{$ttable_id}->{weights} }, $line;
print $outhdl "$line\n";
$weight_idx++;
}
}
sub filter_table
{
my $ttable = shift;
my $in = my_open($ttable->{file});
my $out = my_save($targetdir . "/" . basename($ttable->{file}));
my $limit = $ttable->{limit};
my @weights = @{ $ttable->{weights} };
print STDERR "Filtering ", $ttable->{file}, ", using limit $limit\n";
my $kept = 0;
my $total = 0;
my $src_phrase = "";
my @tgt_phrases;
while (<$in>) {
chomp(my $line = $_);
$total++;
print STDERR '.' if $total % 1000 == 0;
my @cols = split / \|\|\| /, $line;
if ($cols[0] ne $src_phrase) {
my @sorted = sort { $b->{score} <=> $a->{score} } @tgt_phrases;
for my $phrase (@sorted[0 .. min($#sorted, $limit - 1)]) {
$kept++;
print $out $phrase->{str}, "\n";
}
$src_phrase = $cols[0];
@tgt_phrases = ();
}
my @scores = split ' ', $cols[2];
push @tgt_phrases, {
str => $line,
score => sum(map { $weights[$_] * log $scores[$_] } (0 .. $#weights))
};
}
printf STDERR "Finished, kept %d%% of phrases\n", $kept / $total * 100;
close $in;
close $out;
}
sub my_open {
my $f = shift;
die "Not found: $f" if ! -e $f;
my $opn;
my $hdl;
my $ft = `file $f`;
# file might not recognize some files!
if ($f =~ /\.gz$/ || $ft =~ /gzip compressed data/) {
$opn = "zcat $f |";
} elsif ($f =~ /\.bz2$/ || $ft =~ /bzip2 compressed data/) {
$opn = "bzcat $f |";
} else {
$opn = "$f";
}
open $hdl, $opn or die "Can't open '$opn': $!";
binmode $hdl, ":utf8";
return $hdl;
}
sub my_save {
my $f = shift;
if ($f eq "-") {
binmode(STDOUT, ":utf8");
return *STDOUT;
}
my $opn;
my $hdl;
# file might not recognize some files!
if ($f =~ /\.gz$/) {
$opn = "| gzip -c > '$f'";
} elsif ($f =~ /\.bz2$/) {
$opn = "| bzip2 > '$f'";
} else {
$opn = ">$f";
}
mkpath( dirname($f) );
open $hdl, $opn or die "Can't write to '$opn': $!";
binmode $hdl, ":utf8";
return $hdl;
}